As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2017
Securities Act File No. 333-217196
Investment Company Act File No. 811-23247
United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-2
x Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 x Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 ¨ Post-Effective Amendment No. and/or x Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940 x Amendment No. 1 |
XAI OCTAGON
FLOATING RATE ALTERNATIVE INCOME TERM TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
321 North Clark Street, Suite 2430
Chicago, Illinois 60654
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (312) 374-6930
John P. McGarrity, Esq.
XA Investments LLC
321 North Clark Street, Suite 2430
Chicago, Illinois 60654
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Kevin T. Hardy, Esq. |
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP |
155 North Wacker Drive |
Chicago, Illinois 60606 |
Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box . . . . ¨
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
¨ | When declared effective pursuant to section 8(c). |
If appropriate, check the following box:
¨ | This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement]. |
¨ | This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is_______. |
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Title
of Securities
Being Registered |
Amount
Being
Registered (1) |
Proposed
Maximum Offering Price Per Share (1) |
Proposed
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1) |
Amount
of
Registration Fee |
Common Shares, $0.01 par value | $1,000,000 | $115.90 (2) |
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Previously paid in connection with the initial filing on April 7, 2017.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS | SUBJECT TO COMPLETION | JULY 18, 2017 |
Shares | |
XAI Octagon Floating Rate Alternative Income Term Trust | |
Common Shares |
The Trust . XAI Octagon Floating Rate Alternative Income Term Trust (the “Trust”) is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company.
Investment Objective . The investment objective of the Trust is to seek attractive total return with an emphasis on income generation across multiple stages of the credit cycle. There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objective, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
Investment Strategy . The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a dynamically managed portfolio of opportunities within the public and private credit markets. Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined in this Prospectus) in floating rate credit instruments.
Portfolio Contents . The Trust’s investments may include (i) structured credit investments, including collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) debt and subordinated (i.e., residual or equity) securities; (ii) traditional corporate credit investments, including leveraged loans and high yield bonds; (iii) opportunistic credit investments, including stressed and distressed credit situations and long/short credit investments; and (iv) other credit-related instruments. The Trust currently intends to pursue its investment objective by investing primarily in below investment grade credit instruments, but may invest without limitation in investment grade credit instruments. Below investment grade credit instruments are often referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Below investment grade credit instruments are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal. The Trust may invest without limitation in credit instruments that are illiquid.
(continued on following page)
Investing in the common shares involves certain risks. The Trust has no operating history. An investment in the Trust is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. The Trust intends to utilize leverage, which is subject to numerous risks. See “Risks” beginning on page 37 of this prospectus. Certain of these risks are summarized in “Prospectus Summary—Special Risk Considerations” beginning on page 7 of this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus before making a decision to purchase the common shares.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Price to the
Public |
Sales
Load (2) |
Estimated
Offering Expenses (3) |
Proceeds,
after expenses, to the Trust |
|||||||||||||
Per Share | $ | 10.00 | $ | 0.20 | $ | 0.02 | $ | 9.78 | ||||||||
Total | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Total assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option (1) | $ | $ | $ | $ |
(notes on following page)
The Underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about , 2017.
(notes from cover page)
(1) | The Trust has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover over-allotments, if any. See “Underwriting.” |
(2) | XA Investments LLC (“XAI” or the “Adviser”) (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, (a) additional compensation of $0.10 per share to the underwriters in connection with this offering, and separately (b) upfront structuring fees to each of and , and may pay certain other qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering. These fees and compensation are not reflected under “Sales load” in the table above. See “Underwriting—Additional Compensation to be Paid by the Adviser.” |
(3) | The Adviser has agreed to (i) pay all organizational expenses of the Trust and (ii) pay or reimburse offering expenses of the Trust (other than sales load but including reimbursement of distribution assistance payments to First Dominion Capital Corp. (“FDCC”) described below) that exceed $0.02 per common share. Therefore, assuming the issuance of approximately 7,000,000 common shares, offering expenses of the Trust (other than sales load) are estimated to be $940,000, or $0.13 per share. The Adviser has agreed to pay to FDCC a fee equal to 0.90% of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering (inclusive of the over-allotment option), as payment for providing certain distribution-related services, and to reimburse reasonable out of pocket expenses related to the Trust’s roadshow. To the extent the Trust has not otherwise paid offering expenses that exceed $0.02 per common share, the Trust will reimburse the Adviser for such payments to or reimbursements of FDCC, up to an amount which will not cause offering expenses borne by the Trust to exceed $0.02 per common shares. Organizational expenses and offering expenses in excess of $0.02 that are borne by the Adviser are not subject to recoupment from the Trust. |
(continued from cover page)
Adviser and Sub-Adviser . XA Investments LLC serves as the investment adviser to the Trust and is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s overall investment strategy and its implementation. Octagon Credit Investors, LLC (“Octagon” or the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the investment sub-adviser of the Trust and is responsible for investing the Trust’s assets. The Trust pays a management fee to the Adviser. The Adviser will pay to the Sub-Adviser a sub-advisory fee out of the management fee received by the Adviser.
The Trust has also retained the Adviser to provide investor support services and secondary market services in connection with the ongoing operation of the Trust. The Trust pays a service fee to the Adviser in exchange for such services pursuant to a separate investor support and secondary market services agreement.
Listing . The Trust’s common shares are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “XFLT,” subject to notice of issuance.
Distributions . The Trust intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income, if any, to common shareholders through monthly distributions. The Trust intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to common shareholders at least annually. The Trust expects to declare initial distributions approximately 45 to 60 days after completion of the common share offering, and to pay such initial distributions approximately 60 to 90 days after the completion of the common share offering, depending upon market conditions. There is no assurance the Trust will make its initial monthly distribution or continue to pay regular monthly distributions or that it will do so at a particular rate. Distributions may be paid by the Trust from any permitted source and, from time to time, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital.
Leverage . The Trust currently anticipates utilizing leverage to seek to enhance total return and income. The Trust may use leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) and/or (iii) reverse repurchase agreements, securities lending, short sales or derivatives, such as swaps, futures or forward contracts, that have the effect of leverage (“portfolio leverage”). Under current market conditions, the Trust initially expects to utilize leverage through Indebtedness in an aggregate amount of approximately 25%-30% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (as defined below) (including the proceeds of leverage). The Trust will not utilize leverage, either through Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or portfolio leverage, in an aggregate amount in excess of 40% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of leverage). The use of leverage is a speculative technique that involves special risks. There can be no assurance that the Trust’s leveraging strategy will be successful. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks—Leverage Risk.”
Limited Term . The Trust will terminate on or before December 31, 2029 (the “Termination Date”); provided, that if the Board of Trustees believes that under then-current market conditions it is in the best interests of the Trust to do so, the Trust may extend the Termination Date (i) once for up to one year (i.e., up to December 31, 2030), and (ii)
once for up to an additional six months (i.e., up to June 30, 2031), in each case upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and without a shareholder vote. In addition, as of a date within twelve months preceding the Termination Date, the Board of Trustees may cause the Trust to conduct a tender offer to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Trust at a price equal to the net asset value per Common Share on the expiration date of the tender offer (an “Eligible Tender Offer”). Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer, the Board of Trustees may eliminate the Termination Date upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and without a shareholder vote. In making a decision to eliminate the Termination Date and provide for the Trust’s perpetual existence, the Board of Trustees will take such actions with respect to the continued operations of the Trust as it deems to be in the best interests of the Trust, based on market conditions at such time, the extent of Common Shareholder participation in the Eligible Tender Offer and all other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Trustees in consultation with the Adviser and Sub-Adviser. See “Risks–Limited Term Risk.” The Trust’s investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase Common Shares in this offering their initial investment of $10.00 per Common Share on the Termination Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer, and such investors and investors that purchase Common Shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination or in an Eligible Tender Offer.
You should read this prospectus, which contains important information about the Trust that you should know before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated , 2017, containing additional information about the Trust, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You may request free copies of the Statement of Additional Information, the table of contents of which is on page 80 of this prospectus, annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, when available, and other information about the Trust, and make shareholder inquiries, by calling (888) 903-3358 or by writing to XA Investments at 321 North Clark Street, Suite 2430, Chicago, Illinois 60654, or you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Trust) from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Free copies of the Trust’s reports and its Statement of Additional Information will also be available from the Trust’s website at www.xainvestments.com.
The Trust’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
This prospectus, and the SAI, contain or incorporate by reference forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the federal securities laws, that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements describe the Trust’s plans, strategies, and goals and the Trust’s beliefs and assumptions concerning future economic and other conditions and the outlook for the Trust, based on currently available information. In this prospectus, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “objectives,” “goals,” “future,” “intends,” “seeks,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” and similar expressions, and the negative of such terms, are used in an effort to identify forward-looking statements, although some forward-looking statements may be expressed differently. By their nature, all forward looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by any forward looking statements. Although the Trust believes that the expectations expressed in these forward looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in these forward looking statements. The Trust’s future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward looking statements, are subject to change and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in the “Risks” section of this prospectus, which describes certain currently known risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Trust’s expectations. The Trust urges you to review carefully that section for a more detailed discussion of the risks associated with an investment in the Trust’s securities. All forward looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus are made as of the date of this prospectus. The Trust does not intend, and undertakes no obligation, to update any forward looking statement. The Trust is not entitled to the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933.
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Trust has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Trust is not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this prospectus. The Trust’s business, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date. The Trust will amend this prospectus if, during the period that this prospectus is required to be delivered, there are any subsequent material changes.
Until (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
TABLE OF CONTENTS |
This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Before investing in the Trust’s common shares, you should carefully read the more detailed information contained in this prospectus, especially the information under the heading “Risks.” You may also request a copy of the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information, dated , 2017 (the “SAI”), which contains additional information about the Trust.
THE TRUST
XAI Octagon Floating Rate Alternative Income Term Trust (the “Trust”) is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company.
THE OFFERING
The Trust is offering common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shares”) at $10.00 per share through a group of underwriters (the “Underwriters”) led by . You must purchase at least 500 Common Shares in this offering. The Adviser (as defined in this Prospectus) has agreed to (i) pay all organizational expenses of the Trust and (ii) pay or reimburse all offering expenses of the Trust (other than sales load) that exceed $0.02 per Common Share. See “Management of the Trust—Expenses.”
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The investment objective of the Trust is to seek attractive total return with an emphasis on income generation across multiple stages of the credit cycle. There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objective. The investment objective of the Trust may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board” or “Board of Trustees”) on 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST
You should consider your financial situation and needs, other investments, investment goals, investment experience, time horizons, liquidity needs and risk tolerance before investing in the Trust. An investment in the Trust is not appropriate for all investors and the Trust is not intended to be a complete investment program. The Trust is designed as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Trust may be an appropriate investment for income oriented investors seeking an alternative investment opportunity with the following features and the potential for:
· | income diversification from an alternative income source, including floating rate instruments; |
· | institutional access for the first time to a SEC registered fund offering featuring Octagon’s credit expertise; |
· | the convenience of a 1099 tax form; |
· | the potential for intra-day liquidity through listing on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”); |
· | the potential to enhance total return over the long term and earn liquidity premiums associated with less liquid investments; |
· | an opportunistic credit strategy that can serve as an inflation hedge and seeks to outperform traditional credit investments in inflationary and rising rate environments; and |
· | a diverse credit portfolio that includes instruments in categories that historically have demonstrated low correlation to traditional stock and bond indices. |
INVESTMENT STRATEGY
The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a dynamically managed portfolio of opportunities within the public and private credit markets. Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in floating rate credit instruments.
1 |
PORTFOLIO CONTENTS
The Trust’s investments may include (i) structured credit investments, including collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) debt and subordinated (i.e., residual or equity) securities; (ii) traditional corporate credit investments, including leveraged loans and high yield bonds; (iii) opportunistic credit investments, including stressed and distressed credit situations and long/short credit investments; and (iv) other credit-related instruments. The Trust may invest in loans, bonds and other debt securities, CLO securities, including debt and subordinated (i.e., residual or equity) CLO securities, credit default swaps and other credit and credit-related instruments. The Trust may invest in senior, junior, secured and unsecured credit instruments. Floating rate credit instruments have floating or variable interest rates, and include floating rate instruments the interest rates of which vary periodically based upon, or inverse to, a benchmark indicator of prevailing interest rates.
The Trust may invest up to 50% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in CLO securities, including debt and subordinated (i.e., residual or equity) CLO securities.
The Trust currently intends to pursue its investment objective by investing primarily in below investment grade credit instruments, but may invest without limitation in investment grade credit instruments. A credit instrument is considered below investment grade quality if it is rated below investment grade (that is, below Baa3- by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or below BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)) or, if unrated, judged to be below investment grade quality by the Sub-Adviser. Below investment grade credit instruments are often referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Below investment grade credit instruments are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal. The Trust will not invest more than 20% of its Managed Assets in credit instruments rated below Caa2 by Moody’s or CCC by S&P or Fitch.
The Trust may invest without limitation in illiquid credit instruments, including instruments that are unregistered, restricted, for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid.
The Trust may invest in credit instruments of any maturity, and does not manage its portfolio seeking to maintain a targeted dollar-weighted average maturity level. The Trust does not have a fixed duration target, and the portfolio’s duration may vary significantly over time based on the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of the current market conditions.
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in opportunistic credit investments, including stressed and distressed credit situations.
While the investment strategy of the Trust does not focus primarily on non-U.S. corporate credit investments, under certain circumstances where such opportunities are favorable, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in corporate credit instruments issued by non-U.S. issuers and in markets outside the United States. The Trust’s investments in structured credit instruments, which are commonly issued by special purpose vehicles formed in jurisdictions outside of the United States, are not subject to or limited by this policy.
The Trust may, from time to time, engage in short sales of credit instruments in an amount not to exceed 10% of its Managed Assets. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells an instrument that it does not own in anticipation that the market price will decline.
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest directly by investing up to 10% of its Managed Assets in other investment companies. The Trust may invest in mutual funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds.
The Trust may, but is not required to, use various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from a reference instrument. The Trust may engage in a variety of derivatives transactions, including options, swaps, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and forward currency contracts and options on forward currency contracts. The Trust may purchase and sell exchange-listed and off-exchange derivatives. The Trust may utilize derivatives that reference one or more securities, indices, commodities, currencies or interest rates. In addition, the Trust may utilize new techniques, transactions, instruments or strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur.
See “Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Strategy” and “The Trust’s Investments.”
2 |
INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY AND INVESTMENT PROCESS
At the heart of Octagon’s investment philosophy is a deep understanding of fundamental credit analysis, enhanced by a process focused on optimizing returns against target risk profiles. Octagon’s investment philosophy combines relative value focus and active portfolio management. Over Octagon’s 22 plus year history, Octagon believes that it has developed a proven, repeatable and scalable credit selection and investment process.
Octagon’s investment process involves four key steps:
1) | ongoing assessment of investment opportunities; |
2) | research, analysis and written recommendations with defined investment thesis; |
3) | investment committee approval before any credit is considered for investment; and |
4) | continual monitoring which is a collaborative team effort to enhance decision making and risk management. |
The Octagon portfolio management team manages positions in an effort to optimize relative value. Octagon’s focus on improving credits seeks to enhance alpha generation by searching for opportunities in the credit markets. As part of this ongoing process, Octagon refreshes internal ratings for credits to identify buy and sell opportunities. The Octagon research method is robust, involving various key factors including the assessment of industry dynamics, competitive factors, performance history, deal sponsor, company management, cash flow estimates, liquidity, collateral values, quality, downside protection, capital structure, macroeconomic factors, technical supply and demand and potential political or regulatory influences.
Octagon will dynamically manage the Trust’s portfolio based on its evolving credit market outlook in an effort to produce attractive risk-adjusted returns. The Octagon team meets regularly to monitor portfolios using its robust review process and striving to manage risk via its proprietary internal credit rating and portfolio weighting system.
BENCHMARK INDEX
The Trust’s opportunistic credit strategy seeks to outperform its primary benchmark, the S&P/LSTA U.S. Leveraged Loan 100 Index, which is designed to reflect the performance of the largest facilities in the leveraged loan market. The S&P/LSTA U.S. Leveraged Loan 100 Index is utilized by the Trust as a comparative measure only. The Trust may from time to time use additional benchmark indices to analyze certain aspects of the Trust’s performance. The Trust is actively managed and does not track any index. Index information is not meant to represent the performance of the Trust or its underlying investments.
LEVERAGE
The Trust currently anticipates utilizing leverage to seek to enhance total return and income. The Trust may use leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) and/or (iii) reverse repurchase agreements, securities lending, short sales or derivatives, such as swaps, futures or forward contracts, that have the effect of leverage (“portfolio leverage”). Under current market conditions, the Trust initially expects to utilize leverage through Indebtedness in an aggregate amount of approximately 25%-30% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of leverage). The Trust will not utilize leverage, either through Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or portfolio leverage, in an aggregate amount in excess of 40% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of leverage).
Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), the Trust may not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Trust would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., for every dollar of Indebtedness outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least three dollars of total assets, including the proceeds of leverage). Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Trust would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200% (i.e., for every dollar of Preferred Shares outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least two dollars of total assets, including the proceeds of leverage).
The Trust currently intends to arrange a floating rate credit facility with one or more banks or other financial institutions pursuant to which the Trust would be entitled to borrow funds from time to time in accordance with the terms of such credit facility after the consummation of this offering.
3 |
The Trust may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the SEC and its staff. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered Indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act, including the asset coverage requirements applicable to indebtedness under the 1940 Act, but the leverage effect of such transactions will be treated as “portfolio leverage” subject to the Trust’s policy not to use leverage in excess of 40% of its Managed Assets. To the extent that the Trust’s obligations under such transactions are not so segregated or covered, such obligations may be considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the 1940 Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement described above.
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser anticipate that the use of leverage may result in higher total return to the holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) over time; however, there can be no assurance that such expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. The use of leverage will cause the Trust’s net asset value, market price and level of distributions to be more volatile than if leverage were not used. The costs associated with the issuance of leverage will be borne by the Trust, which will result in a reduction of net asset value of the Common Shares and as a result such costs will be borne by Common Shareholders. The fee paid to the Adviser and Sub-adviser will be calculated on the basis of the Trust’s Managed Assets (as defined below), including proceeds from leverage, so the fees paid to the Adviser and Sub-Adviser will be higher when leverage is utilized. The Trust bears the portion of the management fee attributable to assets purchased with the proceeds of leverage and therefore Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire management fee. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or, if utilized, will be successful. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”
TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE INVESTMENTS
During periods in which the Sub-Adviser believes that changes in economic, financial or political conditions make it advisable to maintain a temporary defensive posture (a “temporary defensive period”), or in order to keep the Trust’s cash fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares are being invested, the Trust may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in short term investments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. See “The Trust’s Investments—Temporary Defensive Investments.”
NET ASSET VALUE
The net asset value of the common shares of the Trust is calculated by subtracting the Trust’s total liabilities (including from Indebtedness) and the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Shares from total assets (the market value of the securities the Trust holds plus cash and other assets). The per share net asset value of the Common Shares is calculated by dividing the net asset value of the Trust by the number of Common Shares outstanding and rounding the result to the nearest full cent. The Trust calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the last business day of each month and at such other times as may be determined by the Board of Trustees from time to time.
In determining net asset value, portfolio instruments generally are valued using prices provided by independent pricing services or, if independent pricing services are unavailable, prices obtained from other sources, such as broker-dealer quotations. The Trust may invest without limitation in less liquid and illiquid investments, which may be more difficult to price. If a price cannot be obtained from a pricing service or other pre-approved source, or if the Adviser deems such price to be unreliable, or if a significant event occurs after the close of the local market but prior to the time at which the Trust’s net asset value is calculated, a portfolio instrument will be valued at its fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees or persons acting at their direction. The Board of Trustees has adopted valuation procedures for the Trust and has delegated the day-to-day responsibility for fair value determinations to a valuation committee comprised of representatives from the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and the Trust’s administrator (the “Valuation Committee”). All fair value determinations made by the Valuation Committee are subject to review and ratification by the Board of Trustees. As a general principle, the fair value of a portfolio instrument is the amount that an owner might reasonably expect to receive upon the instrument’s current sale. A range of factors and analysis may be considered when determining fair value, including relevant market data, interest rates, credit considerations and/or issuer specific news. In addition, the Valuation Committee may consider valuations provided by valuation firms retained to assist in the valuation of certain of the Trust’s investments.
4 |
However, fair valuation involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a portfolio instrument may be materially different from the value that could be realized upon the sale of that instrument. Information that becomes known to the Trust or their respective agent after the Trust’s net asset value has been calculated on a particular day will not be used to retroactively adjust the price of a security or the Trust’s previously determined net asset value.
DISTRIBUTIONS
The Trust intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income, if any, to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Trust intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders at least annually.
The Trust expects that distributions paid on the Common Shares will consist primarily of (i) investment company taxable income, which includes ordinary income (such as interest, dividends, and certain income from hedging or derivatives transactions) and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and (ii) net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss).
The Trust expects to declare initial distributions approximately 45 to 60 days after completion of the Common Share offering, and to pay such initial distributions approximately 60 to 90 days after the completion of the Common Share offering, depending upon market conditions.
Because of the nature of the Trust’s investments and changes in market conditions from time to time, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular month may be more or less than the amount of net investment income from that monthly period. As a result, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Trust, up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in their Common Shares, which would reduce such tax basis. Although a return of capital may not be taxable, it will generally increase the Common Shareholder’s potential gain, or reduce the Common Shareholder’s potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of Common Shares. Shareholders who periodically receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net income or profits when they are not. Shareholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Trust is net income or profit.
The Trust may, but is not required to, seek to obtain exemptive relief to permit the Trust to make periodic distributions of long-term capital gains with respect to its Common Shares as frequently as monthly. Such relief, if obtained, would permit the Trust to implement a “managed distribution policy” pursuant to which the Trust would distribute a fixed percentage of the net asset value (or market price if then applicable) of the Common Shares at a particular point in time or a fixed monthly amount, any of which may be adjusted from time to time. It is anticipated that under such a distribution policy, the minimum annual distribution rate with respect to the Common Shares would be independent of the Trust’s performance during any particular period but would be expected to correlate with the Trust’s performance over time.
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Shareholders. See “Distributions.”
If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Trust will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Trust pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those applicable under the Plan. Consult your financial advisor for more information. For information regarding how to opt out of the Plan and for additional information regarding the Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
ADVISER
XA Investments LLC serves as the investment adviser to the Trust and is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s overall investment strategy and its implementation.
XAI was founded by the principals of XMS Capital Partners, LLC in April 2016. The XAI leadership team believes that the investing public needs better access to a broader range of alternative investment strategies and managers.
5 |
XAI sponsors registered investment companies designed to provide investors with access to institutional caliber alternative investments, by partnering with established alternative asset managers selected from among numerous alternative credit managers, hedge fund managers and private debt and equity firms to sub-adviser XAI funds.
The Trust will pay the Adviser an annual management fee, payable monthly in arrears, in an amount equal to 1.70% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including assets attributable to the Trust’s use of leverage, minus the sum of its accrued liabilities (other than liabilities incurred for the purpose of creating leverage).
SUB-ADVISER
Octagon Credit Investors, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the investment sub-adviser of the Trust and is responsible for investing the Trust’s assets. The Sub-Adviser’s experienced team of investment professionals has worked together for many years and managed funds through multiple credit cycles over Octagon’s more than 22 year history. The Sub-Adviser currently manages $16 billion in assets under management as of June 30, 2017 across twenty-one CLOs, fourteen separately managed accounts and nine commingled private fund structures. The Adviser will pay to the Sub-Adviser a sub-advisory fee out of the management fee received by the Adviser.
The Trust is managed by the members of the Sub-Adviser’s Investment Committee: Andrew D. Gordon, Michael B. Nechamkin, Lauren M. Basmadjian and Gretchen M. Lam. See “Management of the Trust—Portfolio Management.”
INVESTOR SUPPORT SERVICES AND SECONDARY MARKET SUPPORT
The Trust has retained the Adviser to provide investor support services and secondary market support services in connection with the ongoing operation of the Trust. Such services include providing ongoing contact with respect to the Trust with financial intermediaries, communicating with the NYSE specialist for the Shares, and with the closed-end fund analyst community regarding the Trust on a regular basis, and hosting and maintaining a website for the Trust. The Trust will pay the Adviser a service fee, payable monthly in arrears, in an annual amount equal to 0.20% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.
EXPENSES
The Trust pays all costs and expenses of its operations (in addition to the advisory fee and investor support services and secondary market support services fee paid to XAI). The Adviser has contractually agreed, for the period ending two years after the date of this prospectus, to waive a portion of the advisory fee and/or reimburse the Trust for certain operating expenses so that the annual expenses of the Trust do not exceed 0.30% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (exclusive of investment advisory fees, investor support and secondary market services fees, taxes, expenses incurred directly or indirectly by the Trust as a result of an investment in a permitted investment (including, without limitation, acquired fund fees and expenses), expenses associated with the acquisition or disposition of portfolio investments (including, without limitation, brokerage commissions and other trading or transaction expenses), leverage expenses (including, without limitation, costs associated with the issuance or incurrence of leverage, commitment fees, interest expense or dividends on preferred shares), expenses incurred in connection with issuances and sales of shares of the Trust (including, without limitation, fees, commissions and offering costs), dividends on short sales, if any, securities lending costs, if any, expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, meetings of shareholders of the Trust (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of trustees), expenses of a reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the Trust or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund, or any extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Trust’s business (including, without limitation, expenses related to litigation, derivative actions, demands related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceeding)). After its initial two-year term, the expense limitation agreement may be renewed with the consent of the Adviser and the Board of Trustees. The Adviser may recoup waived or reimbursed amounts for three years, provided total expenses, including such recoupment, do not exceed the lesser of the annual expense limit at the time such expenses were waived or reimbursed or the annual expense limit at the time of recoupment.
LISTING AND SYMBOL
The Trust’s Common Shares are expected to be listed on the NYSE under the symbol “XFLT,” subject to notice of issuance.
TAX MATTERS
The Trust intends to elect to be a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). See “Tax Matters.”
LIMITED TERM AND ELIGIBLE TENDER OFFER
The Trust will terminate on or before December 31, 2029 (the “Termination Date”); provided, that if the Board of Trustees believes that under then-current market conditions it is in the best interests of the Trust to do so, the Trust may extend the Termination Date (i) once for up to one year (i.e., up to December 31, 2030), and (ii) once for up to an additional six months (i.e. up to June 30, 2031), in each case upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and without a shareholder vote. In determining whether to extend the Termination Date, the Board of Trustees may consider the inability to sell the Trust’s assets in a time frame consistent with termination due to lack of market liquidity or other extenuating circumstances. Additionally, the Board of Trustees may determine that market conditions are such that it is reasonable to believe that, with an extension, the Trust’s remaining assets will appreciate and generate income in an amount that, in the aggregate, is meaningful relative to the cost and expense of continuing the operation of the Trust.
In addition, within twelve months preceding the Termination Date, the Board of Trustees may cause the Trust to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. An Eligible Tender Offer would consist of a tender offer to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Trust at a price equal to the net asset value per Common Share on the expiration date of the tender offer.
6 |
The terms of an Eligible Tender Offer will include a condition pursuant to which in the event that the number of Common Shares properly tendered in the Eligible Tender Offer exceeds a stated percentage of the outstanding Common Shares, with such percentage to be established at the time of such Eligible Tender Offer by the Board of Trustees representing the minimum threshold for the continued viability of the Trust (the “Termination Threshold”), the Eligible Tender Offer will be terminated and no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer. Instead, the Trust will begin (or continue) liquidating its portfolio and proceed to terminate on or before the Termination Date. The Adviser will pay all costs and expenses associated with the making of an Eligible Tender Offer, other than brokerage and related transaction costs associated with disposition of portfolio investments in connection with the Eligible Tender Offer, which will be borne by the Trust and its shareholders.
If the number of properly tendered Common Shares is less than the Termination Threshold, all Common Shares properly tendered and not withdrawn will be purchased by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Tender Offer. See “Risks–Limited Term Risk.” Following such completion of the Eligible Tender Offer, the Board of Trustees may eliminate the Termination Date and convert the Trust to a perpetual trust upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and without a shareholder vote. In making such decision, the Board of Trustees will take such actions with respect to the continued operations of the Trust as it deems to be in the best interests of the Trust, based on market conditions at such time, the extent of Common Shareholder participation in the Eligible Tender Offer and all other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Trustees in consultation with the Adviser and Sub-Adviser.
The Trust’s investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase Common Shares in this offering their initial investment of $10.00 per Common Share on the Termination Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer, and such investors and investors that purchase Common Shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination or in an Eligible Tender Offer. See “Limited Term.”
SPECIAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS
Investment in the Trust involves special risk considerations, which are summarized below. The Trust is designed as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Trust is not intended to be a complete investment program. The Trust’s performance and the value of its investments will vary in response to changes in interest rates, inflation and other market factors. See “Risks” for a more complete discussion of the special risk considerations associated with an investment in the Trust.
No prior history
The Trust is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or operational history upon which to base their investment decision.
Investment and market risk
An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. Your investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Trust. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than your original investment, even after taking into account the reinvestment of distributions. A prospective investor should invest in the Common Shares only if the investor can sustain a complete loss in its investment.
Market discount risk
Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities. Although the value of the Trust’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell Common Shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will depend entirely upon whether the market price of Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for Common Shares. Because the market price of Common Shares will be determined by factors such as net asset value, dividend and distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for Common Shares, stability of dividends or distributions, trading volume of Common Shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the
7 |
initial public offering price. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their Common Shares soon after the completion of the public offering, as the net asset value of the Common Shares will be reduced immediately following the offering as a result of the payment of certain offering costs. Common Shares of the Trust are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Trust as a vehicle for trading purposes.
Below investment grade securities risk
The Trust intends to invest primarily in below investment grade credit instruments, which are commonly referred to as “high-yield” securities or “junk” bonds. Investment in securities of below investment grade quality involves substantial risk of loss. Securities of below investment grade quality are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and issuer-specific developments. Issuers of below investment grade securities are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers face ongoing uncertainties and exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions and are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Securities of below investment grade quality display increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment. The market values of certain below investment grade securities tend to reflect individual issuer developments to a greater extent than do higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. The market values for securities of below investment grade quality tend to be more volatile and such securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities, which could result in the Trust being unable to sell such securities for an extended period of time, if at all. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain below investment grade securities, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in below investment grade securities, you could have an increased risk of losing money on your investment in Common Shares, both in the short-term and the long-term. To the extent that the Trust invests in below investment grade securities that are unrated, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
Structured credit instruments risk
Holders of structured credit instruments bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation as well as risks associated with the issuer of the instrument, which is often a special purpose vehicle, and may also be subject to counterparty risk. See “Risks—Structured Credit Investments Risk.”
CLO risk
CLOs often involve risks that are different from or more acute than risks associated with other types of credit instruments. Generally, there may be less information available to the Trust regarding the underlying investments held by CLOs than if the Trust had invested directly in credit securities of the underlying issuers. Trust shareholders will not know the details of the underlying investments of the CLOs in which the Trust invests. Due to their often complicated structures, various CLOs may be difficult to value and may constitute illiquid investments. In addition, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist in any CLO when the Trust seeks to sell its interest therein. Moreover, the value of CLOs may decrease if the ratings agencies reviewing such securities revise their ratings criteria and, as a result, lower their original rating of a CLO in which the Trust has invested. Further, the complex structure of the security may produce unexpected investment results. Also, it is possible that the Trust’s investment in a CLO will be subject to certain contractual limitations on transfer.
The market value of CLO securities may be affected by, among other things, changes in the market value of the underlying assets held by the CLOs, changes in the distributions on the underlying assets, defaults and recoveries on the underlying assets, capital gains and losses on the underlying assets, prepayments on underlying assets and the availability, prices and interest rate of underlying assets. Therefore, changes in the market value of the Trust’s CLO investments could be greater than the change in the market value of the underlying instruments.
Restructuring of Investments Held by CLOs . The manager of a CLO has broad authority to direct and supervise the investment and reinvestment of the investments held by the CLO, which may include the execution of amendments, waivers, modifications and other changes to the investment documentation in accordance with the collateral
8 |
management agreement. During periods of economic uncertainty and recession, the incidence of amendments, waivers, modifications and restructurings of investments may increase. Such amendments, waivers, modifications and other restructurings will change the terms of the investments and in some cases may result in the CLO holding assets not meeting the CLO’s criteria for investments. This could adversely impact the coverage tests under an indenture governing the notes issued by the CLO. If as a result of any such restructurings, the Sub-Adviser determines that continuing to hold instruments issued by such CLO is no longer in the best interest of the Trust, the Sub-Adviser may dispose of such CLO instruments. In certain instances, the Trust may be unable to dispose of such investments at advantageous prices and/or may be required to reinvest the proceeds of such disposition in lower-yielding investments.
CLO Management Risk . The activities of any CLO in which the Trust may invest will generally be directed by a collateral manager. In the Trust’s capacity as holder of CLO securities, the Trust is generally not able to make decisions with respect to the management, disposition or other realization of any investment, or other decisions regarding the business and affairs, of that CLO.
See “Risks—CLO Risks.”
CLO subordinated notes risk
The Trust may invest in subordinated notes issued by a CLO (often referred to as the “residual” or “equity” tranche), which are junior in priority of payment and are subject to certain payment restrictions generally set forth in an indenture governing the notes. In addition, CLO subordinated notes generally do not benefit from any creditors’ rights or ability to exercise remedies under the indenture governing the notes. The subordinated notes are not guaranteed by another party. Subordinated notes are subject to greater risk that the senior notes issued by the CLO. CLOs are typically highly levered, utilizing up to approximately ten times leverage, and therefore subordinated notes are subject to a higher risk of total loss. There can be no assurance that distributions on the assets held by the CLO will be sufficient to make any distributions or that the yield on the subordinated notes will meet the Trust’s expectations.
CLOs generally may make payments on subordinated notes only to the extent permitted by the payment priority provisions of an indenture governing the notes issued by the CLO. CLO indentures generally provide that principal payments on subordinated notes may not be made on any payment date unless all amounts owing under secured notes are paid in full. In addition, if a CLO does not meet the asset coverage tests or the interest coverage test set forth in the indenture governing the notes issued by the CLO, cash would be diverted from the subordinated notes to first pay the secured notes in amounts sufficient to cause such tests to be satisfied.
The subordinated notes are unsecured and rank behind all of the secured creditors, known or unknown, of the issuer, including the holders of the secured notes it has issued. Relatively small numbers of defaults of instruments underlying CLOs in which the Trust holds subordinated notes may adversely impact the Trust’s returns. The leveraged nature of subordinated notes is likely to magnify the adverse impact on the subordinated notes of changes in the market value of the investments held by the issuer, changes in the distributions on those investments, defaults and recoveries on those investments, capital gains and losses on those investments, prepayments on those investments and availability, prices and interest rates of those investments.
Subordinated notes are illiquid investments and subject to extensive transfer restrictions, and no party is under any obligation to make a market for subordinated notes. At times, there may be no market for subordinated notes, and the Trust may not be able to sell or otherwise transfer subordinated notes at their fair value, or at all, in the event that it determines to sell them. Investments in CLO subordinated notes may have complicated accounting and tax implications. See “Risks—CLO Subordinated Notes Risk.”
Corporate credit investments risk
Corporate debt instruments pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest. The value of fixed-income securities in which the Trust invests will change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. In addition, the value of certain fixed-income securities can fluctuate in response to perceptions of creditworthiness, political stability or soundness of economic policies. Fixed-income securities are subject to the risk of the issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on its obligations (i.e., credit risk) and are subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (i.e., market risk). See “Risks—Corporate Credit Investments Risk.”
9 |
Senior Loan risk
Senior Loans are generally of below investment grade credit quality and therefore are subject to greater risks than investment grade corporate obligations. The prices of these investments may be volatile and will generally fluctuate due to a variety of factors that are inherently difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, prevailing credit spreads, general economic conditions, financial market conditions, U.S. and non-U.S. economic or political events, developments or trends in any particular industry, and the financial condition of certain Borrowers. See “Risks—Senior Loan Risk.”
Second lien loans risk
Second lien loans are secured by liens on the collateral securing the loan that are subordinated to the liens of at least one other class of obligations of the related obligor, and thus, the ability of the Trust to exercise remedies after a second lien loan becomes a defaulted loan is subordinated to, and limited by, the rights of the senior creditors holding such other classes of obligations. In many circumstances, the Trust may be prevented from foreclosing on the collateral securing a second lien loan until the related senior loan is paid in full. See “Risks—Second Lien Loan Risks.”
Unsecured loan risk
Unsecured loans do not benefit from any security interest in the assets of the Borrower. Liens on such Borrowers’ assets, if any, will secure the applicable Borrower’s obligations under its outstanding secured indebtedness and may secure certain future indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred by the Borrower under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before repayment of unsecured instruments held by the Trust. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the Trust’s unsecured obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations of the Borrower. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the Borrower’s outstanding secured loan obligations, then the Trust’s unsecured claims against the Borrower would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the Borrower’s remaining assets, if any. As a result, the prices of unsecured loans may be more volatile than those of senior loans, second lien and other secured loans and other investments held by the Trust.
Loan participation and assignment risk
The Trust may purchase Senior Loans, second lien loans and unsecured loans on a direct assignment basis from a participant in the original syndicate of lenders or from subsequent assignees of such interests. The Trust may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior Loans, second lien loans and unsecured loans. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and, in any event, the Trust may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the Borrower. In purchasing participations, the Trust generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower, and the Trust may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Trust will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, the Trust may not be able to conduct the same due diligence on the Borrower with respect to a loan hat the Trust would otherwise conduct. In addition, as a holder of the participations, the Trust may not have voting rights or inspection rights that the Trust would otherwise have if it were investing directly in the loan, which may result in the Trust being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the Borrower.
Illiquid investments risk
The Trust expects to invest in restricted, as well as thinly traded, instruments and securities (including privately placed securities and instruments, which are assets which are subject to Rule 144A). There may be no trading market for these securities and instruments, and the Trust might only be able to liquidate these positions, if at all, at disadvantageous prices. See “Risks—Illiquid Investments Risk.”
10 |
Stressed and distressed investments risk
The Trust may invest in stressed and distressed credit instruments. The ability of the Trust to obtain a profit from these investments may often depend upon factors that are intrinsic to the particular issuer, rather than the market as a whole. Appreciation in the value of such investments may be contingent upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a successful reorganization or merger. If the expected event does not occur, the Trust may incur a loss on the position. Stressed and distressed investments may have a limited trading market, resulting in limited liquidity and presenting difficulties to the Trust in valuing its positions.
Uncertain Exit Strategies . Due to the illiquid nature of many stressed and distressed investments, as well as the uncertainties of the reorganization and active management process, the Sub-Adviser may be unable to predict with confidence what the exit strategy will ultimately be for any given position, or that one will definitely be available.
Control Position Risk . Certain stressed and distressed investment opportunities may allow a holder to have significant influence on the management, operations and strategic direction of the portfolio companies in which it invests.
See “Risks—Stressed and Distressed Investments Risk.”
Leverage risk
The Trust currently anticipates utilizing leverage to seek to enhance total return and income. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s and the Sub-Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Trust to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented.
The use of leverage by the Trust will cause the net asset value of the Common Shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other economic indicators. As a result, the net asset value, market price and dividend rate of the Common Shares is likely to be more volatile than those of a closed-end management investment company that is not exposed to leverage. In a declining market the use of leverage may result in a greater decline in the net asset value and market price of the Common Shares than if the Trust were not leveraged.
Leverage will increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. Increases in interest rates that the Trust must pay on its Indebtedness will increase the cost of leverage and may reduce the return to Common Shareholders. This risk may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels.
During the time in which the Trust is utilizing leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser, and thereby to the Sub-Adviser, for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not utilize leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser on the one hand and the Common Shareholders.
See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”
Other investment companies risk
Investments in other investment companies present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in securities in which the Trust may invest. Investments in other investment companies involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Trust’s investments in other investment companies are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee layering. See “Risks—Other Investment Companies Risk.”
Exchange-traded fund risk
For ETFs tracking an index of securities, the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the net asset value of the shares of an ETF may over time diverge significantly from the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the relevant index due to the compounding effect experienced by an ETF which results from a number of factors, including, leverage (if applicable), daily rebalancing, fees, expenses and interest income, which in turn results in greater non-correlation between the return of an ETF and its corresponding index. See “Risks—Exchange-Traded Fund Risk.”
11 |
Short sales risk
Short sales involve selling securities of an issuer short in the expectation of covering the short sale with securities purchased in the open market at a price lower than that received in the short sale. If the price of the issuer’s securities declines, the Trust may then cover the short position with securities purchased in the market. The profit realized on a short sale will be the difference between the price received in the sale and the cost of the securities purchased to cover the sale. The possible losses from selling short a security differ from losses that could be incurred from a cash investment in the security; the former may be unlimited, whereas the latter can only equal the total amount of the cash investment. Short selling activities are also subject to restrictions imposed by the federal securities laws and the various national and regional securities exchanges, which restrictions could limit the Trust’s investment activities. There can be no assurance that securities necessary to cover a short position will be available for purchase. See “Risks—Short Sales Risk.”
Derivatives risk
Derivatives are financial contracts in which the value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. The Trust may, but is not required to, engage in various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to seek to enhance total return of earn income. The Trust’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks, such as interest rate risk, market risk, counterparty risk, and credit risk. See “Risks—Derivatives Risk.”
Off-exchange derivatives risk
The Trust may invest a portion of its assets in investments which are not traded on organized exchanges and as such are not standardized. Such transactions may include forward contracts, swaps or options. While some markets for such derivatives are highly liquid, transactions in off-exchange derivatives may involve greater risk than investing in exchange-traded derivatives because there is no exchange market on which to close out an open position. See “Risks—Off-Exchange Derivatives Risk.”
Options risk
Trading in options involves a number of risks. Specific market movements of the option and the instruments underlying an option cannot be predicted. No assurance can be given that a liquid offset market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If no liquid offset market exists, the Trust might not be able to effect an offsetting transaction in a particular option. See “Risks—Options Risk.”
Futures risk
Futures contracts markets are highly volatile and are influenced by a variety of factors, including national and international political and economic developments. In addition, because of the low margin deposits normally required in futures trading, a high degree of leverage is typical of a futures trading account. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in substantial losses to the trader. See “Risks—Futures Risk.”
Swaps risk
The Trust may utilize swap agreements including, without limitation, interest rate, index and currency swap agreements. The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary securities transactions. There are risks relating to the financial soundness and creditworthiness of the counterparty to swap agreements. See “Risks—Swaps Risk.”
Credit default swaps risk
The Trust may enter into credit default swap agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. The Trust may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. Credit default swap transactions involve greater risks than if a Trust had invested in the reference obligation directly. Credit default swaps are subject to the risk of non-performance by the swap counterparty, including risks relating to the financial soundness and creditworthiness of the swap counterparty. See “Risks—Credit Default Swaps Risk.”
Hedging transactions risk
The success of any hedging strategy utilized by the Trust’s will be subject to the Sub-Adviser’s ability to correctly
12 |
assess the degree of correlation between the performance of the instruments used in the hedging strategy and the performance of the investments in the portfolio being hedged. Since the characteristics of many securities change as markets change or time passes, the success of the Trust’s hedging strategy will also be subject to the Sub-Adviser’s ability to continually recalculate, readjust, and execute hedges in an efficient and timely manner. See “Risks—Hedging Transactions Risk.”
Counterparty risk
The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts entered into by the Trust. See “Risks—Counterparty Risk.”
Synthetic investment risk
The Trust may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Sub-Adviser uses derivatives transactions as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s investment strategies. Customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Trust will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Trust’s performance in a materially adverse manner. See “Risks—Synthetic Investment Risk.”
Segregation and cover risk
In connection with certain derivatives transactions, the Trust may be required to segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover such transactions and/or to deposit amounts as premiums or to be held in margin accounts. Regulators have adopted rules that generally require margin to be posted and collected for off-exchange derivatives. Such amounts may not otherwise be available to the Trust for investment purposes. The Trust may earn a lower return on its portfolio than it might otherwise earn if it did not have to segregate assets in respect of, or otherwise cover, its derivatives transactions positions. See “Risks—Segregation and Cover Risk.”
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that credit securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of fixed income credit securities generally will fall. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels. Prevailing interest rates may be adversely impacted by market and economic factors. If interest rates rise the markets may experience increased volatility, which may adversely affect the value and/or liquidity of certain of the Trust’s investments. The prices of longer-term securities fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term securities as interest rates change. The Trust’s use of leverage will tend to increase the interest rate risk to which its Common Shares are subject. The Trust invests primarily in variable and floating credit instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than fixed rate instruments, but generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline.
Prepayment risk
The frequency at which prepayments (including voluntary prepayments by the obligors and accelerations due to defaults) occur on bonds and loans will be affected by a variety of factors including the prevailing level of interest rates and spreads as well as economic, demographic, tax, social, legal and other factors. The adverse effects of prepayments may impact the Trust’s portfolio in several ways. During periods of declining interest rates, when the issuer of a security exercises its option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, the Trust may be required to reinvest the proceeds of such prepayment in lower-yielding securities. Particular investments may experience outright losses, as in the case of an interest-only security in an environment of faster actual or anticipated prepayments. In addition, particular investments may underperform relative to hedges that the Sub-Adviser may have constructed for these investments, resulting in a loss to the Trust’s overall portfolio. See “Risks—Prepayment Risk.”
Inflation/deflation risk
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio. See “Risks—Inflation/Deflation Risk.”
13 |
Duration and maturity risk
The Trust has no set policy regarding maturity or duration of credit instruments in which it may invest or of the Trust’s portfolio generally. The price of fixed rate securities with longer maturities or duration generally is more significantly impacted by changes in interest rates than those of fixed rate securities with shorter maturities or duration. Therefore, generally speaking, the longer the duration of the Trust’s portfolio, the more exposure the Trust will have to interest rate risk described above. The Sub-Adviser may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all factors that the Sub-Adviser deems relevant. The Trust may incur costs in seeking to adjust the portfolio average duration or maturity. There can be no assurance that the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of current and projected market conditions will be correct or that any strategy to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity will be successful at any given time. See “Risks—Duration and Maturity Risk.”
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of securities will be unable to pay principal and interest when due, or that the value of the security will suffer because investors believe the issuer is less able to pay. See “Risks—Credit Risk.”
Non-U.S. investments risk
The risk of loss associated with investments in securities of foreign issuers include currency exchange risks, expropriation, or limits on repatriating an investment, government intervention, confiscatory taxation, political, economic or social instability, illiquidity, less efficient markets, price volatility and market manipulation. See “Risks—Non-U.S. Securities Risk.”
Equity investments risk
Incidental to the Trust’s investments in credit instruments, the Trust may acquire or hold equity securities, or warrants to purchase equity securities, of a Borrower or issuer. Common equity securities prices fluctuate for a number of reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer, the general condition of the relevant stock market and broader domestic and international political and economic events. See “Risks—Equity Investments Risk.”
Limited term risk
Unless the Trust completes an Eligible Tender Offer and converts to perpetual existence, the Trust will terminate on or about the Termination Date. The Trust’s investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase Common Shares in this offering their initial investment of $10.00 per Common Share on the Termination Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer, and such investors and investors that purchase Common Shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination or in an Eligible Tender Offer.
Because the assets of the Trust will be liquidated in connection with the termination, the Trust will incur transaction costs in connection with dispositions of portfolio securities. The Trust may be required to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when market conditions are not favorable, which may cause the Trust to lose money. In particular, the Trust’s portfolio may still have significant remaining average maturity and duration, and large exposures to below investment grade securities, as the Termination Date approaches, losses due to portfolio liquidation may be significant. As the Trust approaches the Termination Date, its portfolio composition may change as more of its portfolio holdings are called or sold, which may cause the returns to decrease and the NAV of the Common Shares to fall. Rather than reinvesting the proceeds of matured, called or sold securities, the Trust may distribute the proceeds in one or more liquidating distributions prior to the final liquidation, which may cause fixed expenses to increase when expressed as a percentage of assets under management, or the Trust may invest the proceeds in lower yielding securities or hold the proceeds in cash, which may adversely affect its performance. Upon a termination, it is anticipated that the Trust will have distributed substantially all of its net assets to shareholders, although securities for which no market exists or securities trading at depressed prices, if any, may be placed in a liquidating trust. Common Shareholders will bear the costs associated with establishing and maintaining a liquidating trust, if necessary. Securities placed in a liquidating trust may be held for an indefinite period of time until they can be sold or pay out all of their cash flows. The Trust cannot predict the amount, if any, of securities that will be required to be placed in a liquidating trust.
If the Trust conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, the Trust anticipates that funds to pay the aggregate purchase price of
14 |
Common Shares accepted for purchase pursuant to the tender offer will be first derived from any cash on hand and then from the proceeds from the sale of portfolio investments held by the Trust. In addition, the Trust may be required to dispose of portfolio investments in connection with any reduction in the Trust’s outstanding leverage necessary in order to maintain the Trust’s desired leverage ratios following a tender offer. The disposition of portfolio investments by the Trust could cause market prices of such instruments, and hence the net asset value of the Common Shares, to decline. In addition, disposition of portfolio investments will cause the Trust to incur increased brokerage and related transaction expenses. The Trust may receive proceeds from the disposition of portfolio investments that are less than the valuations of such investments by the Trust. It is likely that during the pendency of a tender offer, and possibly for a time thereafter, the Trust will hold a greater than normal percentage of its total assets in cash and cash equivalents, which may impede the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective and decrease returns to shareholders. If the Trust’s tax basis for the investments sold is less than the sale proceeds, the Trust will recognize capital gains, which the Trust will be required to distribute to shareholders. In addition, the Trust’s purchase of tendered Common Shares pursuant to a tender offer will have tax consequences for tendering shareholders and may have tax consequences for non-tendering shareholders. The purchase of Common Shares by the Trust pursuant to a tender offer will have the effect of increasing the proportionate interest in the Trust of non-tendering shareholders. All shareholders remaining after a tender offer will be subject to proportionately higher expenses due to the reduction in the Trust’s total assets resulting from payment for the tendered Common Shares. Such reduction in the Trust’s total assets may also result in less investment flexibility, reduced diversification and greater volatility for the Trust, and may have an adverse effect on the Trust’s investment performance.
The Trust is not required to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. If the Trust conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, there can be no assurance that tendered Common Shares will not exceed the Termination Threshold, in which case the Eligible Tender Offer will be terminated, no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer and the Trust will terminate on or before the Termination Date (subject to possible extentions). Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer in which the tendered Common Shares do not exceed the Termination Threshold, the Board of Trustees may eliminate the Termination Date upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and without a shareholder vote. Thereafter, the Trust will have a perpetual existence. The Trust is not required to conduct additional tender offers following an Eligible Tender Offer and conversion to perpetual existence. Therefore, remaining shareholders may not have another opportunity to participate in a tender offer. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, and as a result remaining shareholders may only be able to sell their Common Shares at a discount to net asset value.
Additional risks
For additional risks relating to investments in the Trust, including “Bankruptcy Cases Risk,” “Creditor Committee Risk,” “Board Participation Risk,” “Certain Other Creditor Risks,” “Allegations of Equitable Subordination Risk,” “Management Risk,” “New Adviser Risk,” “Valuation Risk,” “Dependence on Occurrence of Events Risk,” “Competition Risk,” “Conflicts of Interest Risks,” “Confidential Information Risk” “Tax Risk,” “Portfolio Turnover Risk,” “Reliance on Service Providers,” “Technology Risk” “Recent Market Developments Risk,” “Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk,” “UK Departure from EU Risk,” “Eurozone Risk,” and “Legislation and Regulation Risk,” please see “Risks” beginning on page 34 of this prospectus.
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS IN THE TRUST’S GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
The Trust’s Certificate of Trust, Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) and By-Laws (collectively, the “Governing Documents”) include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to an open-end fund. See “Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents” and “Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents Risk.”
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, AND ADMINISTRATOR
US Bank N.A. serves as the custodian of the Trust’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian is required to hold the Trust’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Trust, plus certain charges for securities transactions.
DST Systems, Inc. serves as the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent, agent under the Trust’s Plan (the “Plan Agent”), transfer agent and registrar with respect to the Common Shares of the Trust.
ALPS Fund Services Inc. serves as the administrator of the Trust. Pursuant to an administration, bookkeeping and pricing services agreement, the administrator provides certain administrative services to the Trust.
15 |
This table describes the fees and expenses of the Trust that you will incur, directly or indirectly, if you buy and hold Common Shares. Because the Trust has no operating history, many of these expenses are estimates. The expenses shown in the table are based on estimated amounts for the Trust’s first year of operations and assume that the Trust issues approximately 7,000,000 Common Shares. The Trust’s actual expenses may vary from the estimated expenses shown in the table, and may increase as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares if the Trust issues less than 7,000,000 Common Shares. See “Management of the Trust.”
Common Shareholder Transaction Expenses | ||||
Sales load paid by Common Shareholders (as a percentage of offering price) (1) | 2.00 | % | ||
Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price) (2)(3) | 0.20 | % | ||
Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees (4) | None |
As
a Percentage of
Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares (11) |
||||
Annual Expenses | ||||
Management fees (5) | 2.43 | % | ||
Interest payments on borrowed funds (6) | 1.09 | % | ||
Other expenses | ||||
Investor Support and Secondary Market Support Services Fee (7) | 0.20 | % | ||
Other (8)(9) | 1.28 | % | ||
Total annual expenses (10) | 5.09 | % |
Fee waiver (10) | (0.85 | )% | ||
Total annual expenses after fee waiver (10) | 4.24 | % |
(1) | The Adviser (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, additional compensation of $0.10 per share to the underwriters in connection with this offering. This compensation is not reflected under “Sales load paid by Common Shareholders (as a percentage of offering price)” in the table above. See “Underwriting—Additional Compensation to be Paid by the Adviser.” |
(2) | The Adviser has agreed to (i) pay all organizational expenses of the Trust and (ii) pay or reimburse offering expenses of the Trust (other than sales load but including reimbursement of distribution assistance payments to First Dominion Capital Corp. (“FDCC”) described below) that exceed $0.02 per Common Share. Assuming the Trust issues 7,000,000 Common Shares ($70,000,000), the Trust’s offering costs are estimated to be $940,000. The Trust, and therefore Common Shareholders, will bear $140,000 or approximately $0.02 per Common Share of offering expenses, and the Adviser will bear any offering expenses above that amount. Organizational expenses and offering expenses in excess of $0.02 that are borne by the Adviser are not subject to recoupment from the Trust. The Adviser has agreed to pay to FDCC a fee equal to 0.90% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering (inclusive of the over-allotment option), as payment for providing certain distribution-related services, and to reimburse reasonable out of pocket expenses related to the Trust’s roadshow. To the extent the Trust has not otherwise paid offering expenses that exceed $0.02 per Common Share, the Trust will reimburse the Adviser for such payments to or reimbursements of FDCC, up to an amount which will not cause offering expenses borne by the Trust to exceed $0.02 per Common Shares. |
(3) | The Adviser (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, upfront structuring fee to each of and , and may pay certain other qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, a sales incentive fee or other additional compensation in connection with the offering. These fees and compensation are not reflected under “Offering expenses borne by Common Shareholders (as a percentage of offering price)” in the table above. See “Underwriting—Additional Compensation to be Paid by the Adviser.” |
(4) | Common Shareholders will pay brokerage charges if they direct DST Systems, Inc., as Plan Agent for the Common Shareholders, to sell their Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. |
(5) | The Trust will pay the Adviser an annual management fee, payable monthly in arrears, in an amount equal to 1.70% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire management fee. The contractual management fee rate of 1.70% of the Trust’s Managed Assets represents an effective management fee rate of 2.43% of net assets attributable to Common Shares, assuming leverage of 30% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Borrowings). The Adviser will pay to the Sub-Adviser a sub-advisory fee out of the management fee received by the Adviser. |
16 |
(6) | Assumes leverage by the Trust through bank borrowings in an amount equal to approximately 30% of the Trust’s Managed Assets, at an estimated annual interest rate of 2.55%. The costs associated with such borrowing by the Trust will be borne entirely by Common Shareholders. |
(7) | The Trust has retained the Adviser to provide investor support services and secondary market support services in connection with the ongoing operation of the Trust. The Trust will pay the Adviser a service fee, payable monthly in arrears, in an annual amount equal to 0.20% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. |
(8) | Expenses attributable to the Trust’s investments, if any, in other investment companies, including closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds, are currently estimated not to exceed 0.01% of net assets attributable to Common Shares. |
(9) | The “Other expenses” shown in the table and related footnotes include operating expenses of the Trust and are based on estimated amounts for the Trust’s first year of operations and may be greater or less than the estimates shown in the table and accompanying footnotes. |
(10) | The Adviser has contractually agreed, for the period ending two years after the date of this Prospectus, to waive a portion of the advisory fee and/or reimburse the Trust for certain operating expenses so that the annual expenses of the Trust do not exceed 0.30% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (exclusive of investment advisory fees, investor support and secondary market services fees, taxes, expenses incurred directly or indirectly by the Trust as a result of an investment in a permitted investment (including, without limitation, acquired fund fees and expenses), expenses associated with the acquisition or disposition of portfolio investments (including, without limitation, brokerage commissions and other trading or transaction expenses), leverage expenses (including, without limitation, costs associated with the issuance or incurrence of leverage, commitment fees, interest expense or dividends on preferred shares), expenses incurred in connection with issuances and sales of shares of the Trust (including, without limitation, fees, commissions and offering costs), dividends on short sales, if any, securities lending costs, if any, expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, meetings of shareholders of the Trust (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of trustees), expenses of a reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the Trust or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund, or any extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Trust’s business (including, without limitation, expenses related to litigation, derivative actions, demands related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceeding)). After its initial two-year term, the expense limitation agreement may be renewed with the consent of the Adviser and the Board of Trustees. The Adviser may recoup waived or reimbursed amounts for a period up to three years, provided total expenses, including such recoupment, do not exceed the lesser of the annual expense limit at the time such expenses were waived or reimbursed or the annual expense limit at the time of recoupment. |
(11) | The table presented in this footnote estimates what the Trust’s annual expenses would be, stated as percentages of the Trust’s net assets attributable to Common Shares, and assumes the Trust is the same size as the table above but, unlike the table above, assumes that the Trust does not utilize any form of leverage. In accordance with these assumptions, the Trust’s expenses would be estimated as follows: |
Percentage
of
Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares (assumes no leverage is used) |
||||
Annual Expenses | ||||
Management fees (5) | 1.70 | % | ||
Interest payments on borrowed funds | None | |||
Other expenses | ||||
Investor Support and Secondary Market Support Fee (7) | 0.20 | % | ||
Other (8)(9) | 0.90 | % | ||
Total annual expenses (10) | 2.80 | % |
Fee waiver (10) | (0.60 | )% | ||
Total annual expenses after fee waiver (10) | 2.20 | % |
EXAMPLE
The following example illustrates the expenses (including (i) sales load of $20 and (ii) estimated offering expenses of $2) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) total annual expenses of 4.24% of net assets attributable to Common Shares in Years 1 and 2 and 5.09% of net assets attributable to Common Shares in Years 3 through 10 (*) and (2) a 5% annual return. The example assumes that the estimated Total Annual Expenses set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value per Common Share. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||
$64 | $156 | $256 | $508 |
17 |
The Example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or returns. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be higher or lower than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.
(*) | Based on the assumptions noted above but without the use of leverage, assuming (i) total annual expenses of 2.20% of net assets attributable to Common Shares in Years 1 and 2 and 2.80% of net assets attributable to Common Shares in Years 3 through 10 and (ii) a 5% annual return, you would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares: |
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||
$44 | $96 | $156 | $319 |
18 |
XAI Octagon Floating Rate Alternative Income Term Trust is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Trust was organized as a statutory trust on April 4, 2017, pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, and is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. As a newly-organized entity, the Trust has no operating history. The Trust’s principal office is located at 321 North Clark Street, Suite 2430, Chicago, Illinois 60654, and its telephone number is (312) 374-6930.
XA Investments LLC serves as the Trust’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust. Octagon Credit Investors, LLC serves as the Trust’s investment sub-adviser and is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio of securities.
The net proceeds of the offering of the Common Shares will be approximately $ after payment of the estimated offering costs. The Trust expects that following receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of Common Shares by the Trust, the Trust will invest such proceeds as soon as practicable in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and strategies and consistent with market conditions and the availability of suitable investments. The Trust expects to be able to invest the net proceeds from this offering within three months after the completion of this offering. While the Trust expects to be fully invested in accordance with its investment policies within three months, the Trust intends to invest in various categories of credit instruments, and achieving the desired allocations to certain specific categories of credit instruments (e.g., CLO equity interests) may take longer than three months, as a result of limited liquidity in the market for such credit instruments. During this time the Trust may be overweighted to one or more categories of credit instruments and underweighted to one or more other categories of credit instruments relative to the target allocations set forth under “Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Philosophy and Process—Initial Portfolio Composition,” in which case the Trust may be more exposed to the risks associated with those categories of credit instruments with respect to which it is overweighted. Pending the full investment of the proceeds of the offering, it is anticipated that all or a portion of the proceeds will be invested in U.S. Government securities or high grade, short-term money market instruments, which have returns substantially lower than those the Trust anticipates earning once it has fully invested the proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objective.
Investment objective and policies
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The investment objective of the Trust is to seek attractive total return with an emphasis on income generation across multiple stages of the credit cycle. There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objective. The investment objective of the Trust may be changed by the Board of Trustees on 60 days’ prior written notice to Common Shareholders.
INVESTMENT STRATEGY
The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a dynamically managed portfolio of opportunities within the public and private credit markets. Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in floating rate credit instruments.
Credit instruments
The Trust’s investments may include (i) structured credit investments, including CLO debt and subordinated (i.e., residual or equity) securities; (ii) traditional corporate credit investments, including leveraged loans and high yield bonds; (iii) opportunistic credit investments, including stressed and distressed credit situations and long/short credit investments; and (iv) other credit-related instruments. The Trust may invest in loans, bonds and other debt securities, CLO securities, including debt and subordinated (i.e., residual or equity) CLO securities, credit default swaps and other credit and credit-related instruments. The Trust may invest in senior, junior, secured and unsecured credit
19 |
instruments. Floating rate credit instruments have floating or variable interest rates, and include floating rate instruments the interest rates of which vary periodically based upon, or inverse to, a benchmark indicator of prevailing interest rates.
The Trust may invest up to 50% of its Managed Assets in CLO securities, including debt and subordinated (i.e., residual or equity) CLO securities.
Below-investment grade investments
The Trust currently intends to pursue its investment objective by investing primarily in below investment grade credit instruments, but may invest without limitation in investment grade credit instruments. A credit instrument is considered below investment grade quality if it is rated below investment grade (that is, below Baa3- by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P or Fitch) or, if unrated, judged to be below investment grade quality by the Sub-Adviser. Below investment grade credit instruments are often referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Below investment grade credit instruments are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal.
The Trust will not invest more than 20% of its Managed Assets in credit instruments rated below Caa2 by Moody’s or CCC by S&P or Fitch. In the case of a security receiving two or more different ratings from different rating agencies, the Trust will apply the higher of the ratings for the purposes of the foregoing policy. The foregoing policy applies only at the time an instrument is purchased, and the Trust is not required to dispose of a security if a rating agency downgrades its assessment of that instrument. In determining whether to retain or sell an instrument that has been downgraded, the Sub-Adviser may consider such factors as its assessment of the credit quality of the instrument, the price at which the instrument could be sold, and the rating, if any, assigned to the instrument by other ratings agencies.
Rating agencies, such as Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations. Ratings assigned by a rating agency are not absolute standards of credit quality but represent the opinion of the rating agency as to the quality of the obligation. Rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. To the extent that the issuer of a security pays a rating agency for the analysis of its security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk or liquidity of such obligations.
To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated lower grade securities, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.
Please refer to Appendix A to the SAI for more information regarding Moody’s, S&P’s and Fitch’s ratings.
Illiquid investments
The Trust may invest without limitation in illiquid credit instruments, including instruments that are unregistered, restricted, for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid.
Maturity and duration
The Trust may invest in credit instruments of any maturity, and does not manage its portfolio seeking to maintain a targeted dollar-weighted average maturity level. The Trust does not have a fixed duration target, and the portfolio’s duration may vary significantly over time based on the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of the current market conditions. In comparison to maturity, interest rate duration is a measure of the price volatility of a credit instrument as a result of changes in market interest rates, based on the weighted average timing of the instrument’s expected principal and interest payments. For example, if interest rates increase by 1%, the net asset value of a portfolio with a duration of five years would decrease by approximately 5%. Conversely, if interest rates decline by 1%, the net asset value of a portfolio with a duration of five years would increase by approximately 5%. The longer the duration, the more susceptible the portfolio will be to changes in interest rates. Duration is expressed as a number of years but differs from maturity in that it considers an instrument’s yield, coupon payments, principal payments and call features in addition to the amount of time until the instrument matures. As the value of an instrument changes over time, so will its duration. Prices of instruments with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to interest rate changes than instrument with shorter durations. Longer-maturity investments generally have longer interest rate durations because
20 |
the investment’s fixed rate is locked in for longer periods of time. Floating-rate or adjustable-rate securities, however, generally have shorter interest rate durations because their interest rates are not fixed but rather float up and down with the level of prevailing interest rates. The Trust intends to invest a significant portion of its assets in floating-rate or adjustable-rate securities, which may mitigate risk associated with increases in prevailing short-term interest rates.
Opportunistic credit investments
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in opportunistic credit investments, including stressed and distressed credit situations.
Short sales
The Trust may, from time to time, engage in short sales of credit instruments in an amount not to exceed 10% of its Managed Assets. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells an instrument that it does not own in anticipation that the market price will decline.
Non-U.S. investments
While the investment strategy of the Trust does not focus primarily on non-U.S. corporate credit investments, under certain circumstances where such opportunities are favorable, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in corporate credit instruments issued by non-U.S. issuers and in markets outside the U.S. Generally, such non-U.S. investments will be issued by large non-U.S. corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies and other business entities. The Trust’s investments in structured credit instruments, which are commonly issued by special purpose vehicles formed in jurisdictions outside of the U.S., are not subject to or limited by this policy
Other investment companies
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest directly by investing up to 10% of its Managed Assets in other investment companies. The Trust may invest in mutual funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds.
Derivative transactions
The Trust may, but is not required to, use various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from a reference instrument. The Trust may engage in a variety of derivatives transactions, including options, swaps, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and forward currency contracts and options on forward currency contracts. The Trust may purchase and sell exchange-listed, centrally cleared and off-exchange derivatives. The Trust may utilize derivatives that reference one or more securities, indices, commodities, currencies or interest rates. In addition, the Trust may utilize new techniques, transactions, instruments or strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur.
INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY AND PROCESS
At the heart of Octagon’s investment philosophy is a deep understanding of fundamental credit analysis, enhanced by a process focused on optimizing returns against target risk profiles. Octagon’s investment philosophy combines relative value focus and active portfolio management. Over Octagon’s 20-plus-year history, Octagon believes that it has developed a proven, repeatable and scalable credit selection and investment process.
Octagon’s investment process involves four key steps:
1) | ongoing assessment of investment opportunities; |
2) | research, analysis and written recommendations with defined investment thesis; |
3) | investment committee approval before any credit is considered for investment; and |
4) | continual monitoring which is a collaborative team effort to enhance decision making and risk management. |
21 |
The Octagon portfolio management team manages positions in an effort to optimize relative value. Octagon’s focus on improving credits seeks to enhance alpha generation by searching for opportunities in the credit markets. As part of this ongoing process, Octagon refreshes internal ratings for credits to identify buy and sell opportunities. The Octagon research method is robust, involving various key factors including the assessment of industry dynamics, competitive factors, performance history, deal sponsor, company management, cash flow estimates, liquidity, collateral values, quality, downside protection, capital structure, macroeconomic factors, technical supply and demand and potential political or regulatory influences.
Investment process
Octagon employs a disciplined asset selection process based on fundamental credit analysis and collaborative investment team input to identify attractive relative value opportunities, while seeking to minimize downside risk and produce returns that outperform industry benchmarks. In evaluating potential investments, Octagon assesses industry dynamics and competitive environments, performance history and prospects, investment sponsors and management, projected cash flow generation, quality and value of underlying collateral, downside protection and relative value opportunities within an issuer’s capital structure.
Octagon seeks to identify investment opportunities in both the primary and secondary leveraged credit markets through rigorous industry and company analysis guided by information from issuers, underwriters, agents, and sales and trading desks. Identified investment opportunities are initially screened with a focus on the applicable industry. Octagon utilizes industry expertise, discussions with company management, independent research, relative value data, and input from Octagon investment professionals to efficiently extract information that facilitates credit judgments and recommendations. Octagon considers the business’ competitive position, its ability to generate cash flow, the character of its sponsor and management team, the resilience of the capital structure and the asset’s positioning within it, structural and covenant protection, and the value of collateral in the context of the risk premium offered, as well as macroeconomic backdrop, technical supply and demand, liquidity, industry dynamics, and political and regulatory influences.
With respect to existing portfolio positions, Octagon’s analysis is centered on any changes to the underlying credit or industry that would impact the risk/return attributes of the position, which may lead to a decision to sell an existing position.
Risk management
Octagon will dynamically manage the Trust’s portfolio based on its evolving credit market outlook in an effort to produce attractive risk-adjusted returns. The Octagon team meets regularly to monitor portfolios using its robust review process and striving to manage risk via its proprietary internal credit rating and portfolio weighting system. The investment team has a set risk monitoring process which involves the following:
• | Relative Value Meetings to examine new market trends and discuss technical dynamics with a focus on recent price changes and price target revisions. At these meetings Octagon investment professionals discuss seeking the best loan and bond relative value and return ideas. |
• | Loan & Bond Assets Meetings to discuss new leveraged loan and high yield bond issues and trading opportunities. |
• | Team Network Exchange for daily real-time updates with mobile access to address earnings, news, trading levels, buy/sell recommendations and watch lists. |
• | Full and Mini Portfolio Reviews to conduct credit review of all assets (full review) or lower-rated assets (mini review) in a single investment professional’s portfolio with a focus on action-oriented recommendations. The objective of these reviews is to affirm or change internal credit ratings and collateral grades. |
• | Watch List Reviews and Meetings to examine and discuss credits on watch list. |
• | Strategic Reviews to discuss credit cycle fundamentals and analyze macro factors including GDP, interest rate and default projections. Strategic Reviews are designed to determine and forecast shifts in the economic cycle, evaluate the impact of the latest economic and market data and to determine tactical and strategic allocations. |
22 |
Benchmark index
The Trust’s opportunistic credit strategy seeks to outperform its primary benchmark, the S&P/LSTA U.S. Leveraged Loan 100 Index which is designed to reflect the performance of the largest facilities in the leveraged loan market. The S&P/LSTA U.S. Leveraged Loan 100 Index is utilized by the Master Trust and the Trust as a comparative measure only. The Trust may from time to time use additional benchmark indices to analyze certain aspects of the Trust’s performance. The Trust is actively managed and does not track any index. Index information is not meant to represent the performance of the Trust or its underlying investments.
Initial portfolio composition
Based on current market conditions, the Sub-Adviser currently anticipates targeting allocations of approximately 45% of the Trust’s Managed Assets to structured credit instruments (including CLO debt and CLO subordinated notes), approximately 50% of the Trust’s Managed Assets to traditional corporate credit instruments (including Senior Loans, Second Lien and Subordinated Loans and high yield bonds) and approximately 5% of the Trust’s Managed Assets to opportunistic credit investments (including stressed and distressed credit situations and long/short credit investments) immediately after the initial investment of the proceeds from the offering of Common Shares (the “initial portfolio”). Anticipated initial portfolio characteristics are based on current market conditions and the expectations of the portfolio team. Current market conditions may change and the Trust may not be able to invest its initial portfolio as planned. The Trust’s portfolio allocations may vary over time consistent with the Trust’s investment policies and restrictions described in this Prospectus.
The Trust’s investment portfolio may consist of investments in the following types of securities. There is no guarantee the Trust will buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described herein.
COLLATERALIZED LOAN OBLIGATIONS
The Trust may invest up to 50% of its Managed Assets in CLO securities, including debt and subordinated (i.e., residual or equity) CLO securities. A CLO vehicle generally is an entity that is formed to hold a portfolio consisting principally (typically, 80% or more of its assets) of loan obligations. The loan obligations within the CLO vehicle are limited to loans which meet established credit criteria and are subject to concentration limitations in order to limit a CLO vehicle’s exposure to a single credit. A CLO issues various classes or “tranches” of securities. Each tranche has different payment characteristics and different credit ratings. These tranches are generally categorized as senior, mezzanine, or subordinated/equity, according to their degree of risk. The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of securities among the several tranches of the CLO. As interest payments are received, the CLO makes contractual interest payments to each tranche of debt based on its seniority. If there are funds remaining after each tranche of debt receives its contractual interest rate and the CLO meets or exceeds required collateral coverage levels (or other similar covenants), the remaining funds may be paid to the subordinated (or residual) tranche (often referred to as the “equity” tranche). The contractual provisions setting out this order of payments are set out in detail in the relevant CLO’s indenture. These provisions are referred to as the “priority of payments” or the “waterfall” and determine the terms of payment of any other obligations that may be required to be paid ahead of payments of interest and principal on the securities issued by a CLO. In addition, for payments to be made to each tranche, after the most senior tranche of debt, there are various tests that must be complied with, which are different for each CLO.
The Trust expects to invest in CLO securities issued by CLOs that principally hold Senior Loans, diversified by industry and Borrower. It is also possible that the underlying obligations of CLOs in which the Trust invests will include (i) second lien and/or subordinated loans, (ii) debt tranches of other CLOs, and (iii) equity securities incidental to investments in senior loans. The cash flows on the underlying obligations will primarily determine the payments to holders of CLO securities. CLO securities may have floating interest rates, fixed interest rates or, in the case of subordinated CLO securities, no set interest rate (but rather participate in residual cash flows of the relevant CLO). The rated tranches of CLO securities are generally assigned credit ratings by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (whether or not such tranches are issued as part of a component of a composite instrument with one or more other instruments). The subordinated (or residual) tranche (often referred to as the “equity” tranche) does not receive a rating. The transaction documents relating to the issuance of CLO
23 |
securities impose eligibility criteria on the assets of the CLO, restrict the ability of the CLO’s investment manager to trade investments and impose certain portfolio-wide asset quality requirements.
CLO securities are generally limited recourse obligations of the CLO payable solely from the underlying assets of the CLO or the proceeds thereof. Consequently, holders of CLO securities must rely solely on distributions on the underlying assets or proceeds thereof for payment in respect thereof. The cash flows generated by the underlying obligations held in a CLO’s portfolio will generally determine the interest payments on CLO securities. Payments to holders of tranched CLO securities are made in sequential order of priority.
CLO subordinated notes
The Trust may invest in subordinated notes issued by a CLO (often referred to as the “residual” or “equity” tranche), which are junior in priority of payment and are subject to certain payment restrictions generally set forth in an indenture governing the notes. In addition, CLO subordinated notes generally do not benefit from any creditors’ rights or ability to exercise remedies under the indenture governing the notes. The subordinated notes are not guaranteed by another party. The subordinated tranche of a CLO vehicle is generally required to absorb the CLO’s losses before any of the CLO’s other tranches, yet it also has the lowest level of payment priority among the CLO’s tranches; therefore, the subordinated tranche is typically the riskiest of CLO investments. The Trust includes CLO subordinated notes for purposes of the Trust’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in floating rate credit instruments.
SENIOR LOANS
Senior secured loans (“Senior Loans”) are typically made to U.S. and, to a lesser extent, large non-U.S. corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies and other business entities (“Borrowers”) which operate in various industries and geographical regions. Senior Loans rated below investment grade are sometimes referred to as “leveraged loans.”
Senior Loans generally hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a Borrower, are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by unsecured creditors, subordinated debt holders and holders of equity of the Borrower. Typically, in order to borrow money pursuant to a Senior Loan, a Borrower will, for the term of the Senior Loan, pledge collateral (subject to typical exceptions), including but not limited to (i) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory; (ii) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment; (iii) intangible assets, such as trademarks and patent rights; and (iv) security interests in shares of stock of subsidiaries or affiliates. In the case of Senior Loans made to non-public companies, the company’s shareholders or owners may provide collateral in the form of secured guarantees and/or security interests in assets that they own. In many instances, a Senior Loan may be secured only by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries. Collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy fully a Borrower’s obligations under a Senior Loan.
A Borrower must comply with various covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the Borrower and the holders of the Senior Loan (the “Loan Agreement”). In a typical Senior Loan, an administrative agent (the “Agent”) administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the Borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions that are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Trust will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Trust its portion of the principal and interest payments on the Senior Loan. Additionally, the Trust normally will rely on the Agent and the other loan investors to use appropriate credit remedies against the Borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the Borrower. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate the Senior Loan, may give the Borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the Senior Loan. The Agent is compensated by the Borrower for providing these services under a Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the Senior Loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis.
Senior Loans typically have rates of interest that are determined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Trust from its investments in Senior Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates
24 |
decrease, interest payable to the Trust from its investments in Senior Loans should decrease. These base lending rates are primarily the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks and the certificate of deposit rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.
There may be less readily available information about most Senior Loans and the Borrowers thereunder than is the case for many other types of securities, including securities issued in transactions registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and Borrowers subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Exchange Act. Senior Loans may be issued by companies that are not subject to SEC reporting requirements and these companies, therefore, do not file reports with the SEC that must comply with SEC form requirements and, in addition, are subject to a less stringent liability disclosure regime than companies subject to SEC reporting requirements. As a result, the Sub-Adviser will rely primarily on its own evaluation of a Borrower’s credit quality rather than on any available independent sources. Therefore, the Trust will be particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Sub-Adviser.
No active trading market may exist for some Senior Loans, and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. Any secondary market for Senior Loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability of a seller to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares. In addition, the Trust may not be able to readily dispose of its Senior Loans at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such loans if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. A limited supply or relative illiquidity of Senior Loans may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
The Trust may purchase and retain in its portfolio Senior Loans where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy court proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a Senior Loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Trust may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior credit securities in exchange for all or a portion of a Senior Loan.
In the process of buying, selling and holding Senior Loans, the Trust may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, amendment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. On an ongoing basis, the Trust may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of a Senior Loan. In certain circumstances, the Trust may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a Senior Loan by a Borrower. Other fees received by the Trust may include covenant waiver fees, covenant modification fees or other amendment fees.
Direct assignments
The Trust generally will seek to purchase Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis. If the Trust purchases a Senior Loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the Loan Agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Investments in Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Trust. For example, if such loan is foreclosed, the Trust could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.
Loan participations
The Trust may also acquire in participations in Senior Loans. The participation by the Trust in a lender’s portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Trust’s having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Trust may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. In connection with purchasing participations, the Trust generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the Loan Agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other investors through set-off against the Borrower and the Trust may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the Senior Loan in which it has purchased the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the entity selling a participation, the Trust may be treated as a general creditor of such entity. The selling entity and other persons interpositioned between such entity and the Trust with respect to such
25 |
participations will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Persons engaged in these industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee’s monetary policy, governmental regulations concerning these industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally.
SECOND LIEN AND SUBORDINATED LOANS
The Trust may also invest in second lien and subordinated secured loans. Second lien and subordinated secured loans generally have similar characteristics as Senior Loans except that such loans are subordinated in payment and/or lower in lien priority to first lien holders. The Trust may purchase interests in second lien and subordinated secured loans through assignments or participations.
UNSECURED LOANS
Unsecured loans generally have lower priority in right of payment compared to holders of secured debt of the Borrower. Unsecured loans are not secured by a security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the Borrower’s obligation under the loan. Unsecured loans by their terms may be or may become subordinate in right of payment to other obligations of the borrower, including senior loans, second lien loans and subordinated secured loans. Unsecured loans may have fixed or floating rate interest payments. Because unsecured loans are subordinate to the secured debt of the borrower, they present a greater degree of investment risk but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their subordinated and unsecured status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to senior loans, second lien loans and subordinated secured loans discussed above. The Trust may purchase interests in unsecured loans through assignments or participations.
CORPORATE BONDS
Corporate bonds typically pay a fixed rate of interest and must be repaid on or before maturity. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The value of intermediate- and longer-term corporate bonds normally fluctuates more in response to changes in interest rates than does the value of shorter-term corporate bonds. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s performance and perceptions of the issuer in the market place. There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.
STRESSED, DISTRESSED AND DEFAULTED INVESTMENTS
The Trust may invest in loans, debt securities and other instruments of companies undergoing, or that have recently completed, bankruptcies, reorganizations, insolvencies, liquidations or other fundamental changes or similar proceedings or other stressed issuers. In any investment opportunity involving any such type of special situation, there exists the risk that the contemplated transaction either will be unsuccessful, will take considerable time or will result in a distribution of cash or new securities, the value of which will be less than the purchase price to the Trust of the securities or other financial instruments in respect of which such distribution is received. Similarly, if an anticipated transaction does not in fact occur, the Trust may be required to sell its investment at a loss. The consummation of such transactions can be prevented or delayed by a variety of factors, including but not limited to (i) intervention of a regulatory agency; (ii) market conditions resulting in material changes in securities prices; (iii) compliance with any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or securities laws; and (iv) the inability to obtain adequate financing. Because there is substantial uncertainty concerning the outcome of transactions involving financially troubled companies in which the Trust intends to invest, there is a potential risk of loss by the Trust of its entire investment in such companies.
The Trust may invest in loans, debt securities and other instruments that are in default or at risk of being in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Trust. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments.
26 |
Distressed and defaulted instruments generally present the same risks as investment in below investment grade instruments. However, in most cases, these risks are of a greater magnitude because of the uncertainties of investing in an issuer undergoing financial distress. Distressed instruments present a risk of loss of principal value, including potentially a total loss of value. Distressed instruments may be highly illiquid and the prices at which they may be sold may represent a substantial discount to what the Sub-Adviser believes to be their ultimate value.
VARIABLE, FLOATING, AND FIXED RATE DEBT OBLIGATIONS
The Trust invests at least 80% of its Managed Assets in floating rate credit instruments. Floating or variable rate securities provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. Floating rate securities are generally offered at an initial interest rate which is at or above prevailing market rates. The interest rate paid on floating rate securities is then reset periodically (commonly every 90 days) to an increment over some predetermined interest rate index. Commonly utilized indices include the three-month Treasury bill rate, the 180-day Treasury bill rate, the one-month or three-month LIBOR, the prime rate of a bank, the commercial paper rates, or the longer term rates on U.S. Treasury securities. Variable and floating rate securities are relatively long-term instruments that often carry demand features permitting the holder to demand payment of principal at any time or at specified intervals prior to maturity. If the Sub-Adviser incorrectly forecasts interest rate movements, the Trust could be adversely affected by use of variable and floating rate securities.
The Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in fixed rate securities. Fixed rate securities pay a fixed rate of interest and tend to exhibit more price volatility during times of rising or falling interest rates than securities with variable or floating rates of interest. The value of fixed rate securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. The value of variable or floating rate securities, on the other hand, fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed rate securities. This is because variable and floating rate securities behave like short-term instruments in that the rate of interest they pay is subject to periodic adjustments according to a specified formula, usually with reference to some interest rate index or market interest rate. Fixed rate securities with short-term characteristics are not subject to the same price volatility as fixed rate securities without such characteristics. Therefore, they behave more like variable or floating rate securities with respect to price volatility.
SHORT SALES
The Trust may engage in short sales of credit instruments and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) in an amount not to exceed 10% of its Managed Assets. to the extent the Sub-Adviser deems it advisable in connection with the Trust’s investments or as opportunistic investments. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells an instrument that it does not own in anticipation that the market price will decline. To deliver the securities to the buyer, the Trust arranges through a broker to borrow the securities and, in so doing, the Trust becomes obligated to replace the securities borrowed at their market price at the time of replacement. When selling short, the Trust intends to replace the securities at a lower price at a later date and therefore profit from the difference between the cost to replace the securities and the proceeds received from the earlier sale of the securities. When the Trust makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives from the sale will be held on behalf of a broker, and will accrue interest, until the Trust replaces the borrowed securities. The Trust may have to pay a premium to borrow the securities and must pay any dividends or interest payable on the securities until they are replaced. The Trust’s obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash and/or liquid securities. In addition, the Trust will place in a segregated account an amount of cash and/or liquid securities equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the market value of the securities sold at the time they were sold short, and (ii) any cash and/or liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale.
The Trust may use derivative transactions, including futures, options, swaps, credit default swaps, total return swaps, forward sales or other transactions, to effectuate short exposure in the portfolio.
OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest directly by investing in other investment companies. The Trust may invest in mutual funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds. Under the 1940 Act, the Trust generally may invest only up to 10% of its total assets in the aggregate in shares of other investment companies and only up to 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, provided the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting stock of the acquired investment company at the time such shares are purchased. However, pursuant to certain exemptions set
27 |
forth in the 1940 Act and/or in accordance with the terms of exemptive relief obtained by certain other investment companies in which the Trust may seek to invest, the Trust may invest in excess of this limitation provided that certain conditions are met.
Investments in other investment companies involve operating expenses and fees at the other investment company level that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust and are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. For purposes of the Trust’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in floating rate credit instruments, the Trust will include the value of its investments in other investment companies that invest at least 80% of their net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in floating rate credit instruments.
DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS
The Trust may, but is not required to, use various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from a reference instrument. The Trust may engage in a variety of derivatives transactions, including options, swaps, swaptions, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and forward currency contracts and options on forward currency contracts. The Trust may purchase and sell exchange-listed, centrally cleared and off-exchange derivatives. If a derivative is centrally cleared, a central clearing entity stands between the two parties to the trade as counterparty to each. The Trust may utilize derivatives that reference one or more securities, indices, commodities, currencies or interest rates. In addition, the Trust may utilize new techniques, transactions, instruments or strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur. Derivatives may allow the Trust to increase or decrease the level of risk to which the Trust is exposed more quickly and efficiently than transactions in other types of instruments. If the Trust invests in a derivative for speculative purposes, the Trust will be fully exposed to the risks of loss of that Derivative, which may sometimes be greater than the derivative’s cost. The use of derivatives may involve substantial economic leverage and consequently substantial volatility.
There is no assurance that these derivative strategies will be available at any time, that the Sub-Adviser will determine to use them for the Trust or, if used, that the strategies will be successful.
Options
An option on a security (or an index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or “strike” price. The writer of a call option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price. The writer of a put option has the obligation upon exercise of the option to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. The Trust may buy, sell and write exchange-traded and off-exchange call and put options.
If an option written by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium the Trust received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Trust desires.
The Trust may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. The Trust will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Trust will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Trust will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Trust will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index and the time remaining until the expiration date.
28 |
The Trust may buy or write straddles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying security. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Trust’s immediate obligations. The Trust may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Trust will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”
The Trust may “cover” its obligations when it writes call options or put options. In the case of a call option on a credit instrument or other security, the option is covered if the Trust owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other liquid assets in such amount are segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other instruments held by the Trust.
A call option written on an instrument is also “covered” if the Trust does not hold the underlying instrument or have the right to acquire it (a so-called “naked” call option), but the Trust segregates liquid assets in an amount equal to the contract value of the position (minus any collateral deposited with a broker-dealer), on a mark-to-market basis .
For a call option on an index, the option is covered if the Trust segregates liquid assets in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if the Trust holds a call on the same index or security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated liquid assets. A put option on a security or an index is covered if the Trust segregates liquid assets equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Trust holds a put on the same security or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated liquid assets. Obligations under written call and put options so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Trust’s investment restrictions concerning senior securities and borrowings.
A put option written by the Trust is “covered” if the Trust segregates liquid assets equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Trust holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated liquid assets.
Futures and options on futures
The Trust may buy, sell and write futures contracts that relate to: interest rates, credit instruments and related indices, volatility indices, credit-linked notes and individual stocks and stock indices.
A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security, index or interest rate (each a “financial instrument”) for a set price on a future date. Certain futures contracts, such as futures contracts relating to individual securities, call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument. However, these contracts generally are closed out before delivery by entering into an offsetting purchase or sale of a matching futures contract (same exchange, underlying financial instrument, and delivery month). Other futures contracts, such as futures contracts on interest rates and indices, do not call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument, but rather are agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the financial instrument at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the contract was originally written. These contracts also may be settled by entering into an offsetting futures contract.
Unlike when the Trust purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Trust upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Trust will be required to deposit with the futures broker, known as a futures commission merchant (“FCM”), an amount of cash or securities equal to a varying specified percentage of the contract amount. This amount is known as initial margin. The margin deposit is intended to ensure completion of the contract. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and may be revised. In addition, FCMs may establish margin deposit requirements that are higher than the exchange minimums. Cash held in the margin account generally is not income producing. However, coupon-bearing securities, such as Treasury securities, held in margin accounts generally will earn income. Subsequent payments to and from the FCM, called variation margin, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying financial instrument fluctuates, making the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as marking the contract to market. Changes in variation margin are recorded by the Trust as unrealized gains or losses. At any time prior to expiration of the futures contract, the Trust may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position that will operate to terminate its position in
29 |
the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Trust, and the Trust realizes a gain or loss. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of the Trust, the Trust may be entitled to the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the Trust. Futures transactions also involve brokerage costs and the Trust may have to segregate additional liquid assets in accordance with applicable SEC requirements under the 1940 Act.
The Trust also may buy and write options on the futures contracts in which it may invest (“futures options”) and may buy or write straddles, which consist of a call and a put option on the same futures contract. A futures option gives the purchaser of such option the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call futures option, the purchaser acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. Upon the exercise of a put futures option, the opposite is true. The Trust will only write futures options and straddles which are “covered.” This means that, when writing a call option, the Trust must either segregate liquid assets with a value equal to the fluctuating market value of the optioned futures contract, or the Trust must own an option to purchase the same futures contract having an exercise price that is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated liquid assets. When writing a put option, the Trust must segregate liquid assets in an amount not less than the exercise price, or own a put option on the same futures contract where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Trust in segregated liquid assets. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Trust’s immediate obligations. The Trust may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options in a straddle where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Trust will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”
Swaps
Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount” (i.e., the dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index). The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only a basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The Trust’s obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement generally will be equal only to the “net amount” to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement. The Trust’s obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Trust) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by marking as segregated liquid, unencumbered assets.
Credit Default Swaps . The Trust may enter into credit default swap agreements and similar agreements. Among other purposes, credit default swaps provide investment exposure to changes in credit spreads and relative interest rates. The credit default swap agreement or similar instrument may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Trust (including a “basket” of securities representing an index). The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract may be obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided generally that no credit event on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Trust may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Trust is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Trust recovers nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the Trust may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for delivery of an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Trust generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no credit event. If a credit event occurs, generally the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value.
30 |
Total Return Swaps . The Trust may enter into total return swaps. Total return swaps are used as substitutes for owning a particular physical security, or the securities comprising a given market index, or to obtain exposure in markets where no physical securities are available such as an interest rate index. Total return refers to the payment (or receipt) of the total return on the security, index or other instrument underlying the swap, which is then exchanged for the receipt (or payment) of a floating interest rate. Total return swaps provide the Trust with the additional flexibility of gaining exposure to a particular security or index by using the most cost-effective vehicle available. Total return swaps provide the Trust with the opportunity to actively manage the cash maintained by the Trust as a result of not having to purchase the actual securities or other instruments underlying the swap. The cash backing total return swaps is actively managed to seek to earn a return in excess of the floating rate paid on the swap.
Interest Rate Swaps . Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments).
Currency Swaps . Currency swaps involve the exchange of the two parties’ respective commitments to pay or receive fluctuations with respect to a notional amount of two different currencies (e.g., an exchange of payments with respect to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen).
Swaptions
The Trust may enter into “swaptions,” which are options on swap agreements. A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Trust may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Trust generally will incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When the Trust purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. When the Trust writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Trust will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Credit-linked securities
Credit-linked securities are issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle that, in turn, invests in a derivative or basket of derivatives, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain fixed income markets. Like an investment in a bond, investments in these credit-linked securities represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the security. However, these payments are conditioned on the issuer’s receipt of payments from, and the issuer’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivatives and other securities in which the issuer invests. For instance, the issuer may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the issuer would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the issuer would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that the Trust would receive. The Trust’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivatives, including, among others, counterparty risk, credit risk and leverage risk. There may be no established trading market for these securities.
SYNTHETIC INVESTMENTS
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Trust may also obtain investment exposure to investments in which the Trust may invest directly through the use of derivative instruments. The Trust may utilize swaps, options, forwards, notional principal contracts or other derivative instruments to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in which the Trust may invest directly. To the extent that the Trust invests in synthetic investments with economic characteristics similar to floating rate instruments or other credit instruments, the value of such investments will be counted for purposes of the Trust’s policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in floating rate credit instruments.
31 |
UNFUNDED COMMITMENTS
From time to time, the Trust’s investments may involve unfunded commitments, which are contractual obligations of the Trust to make loans up to a specified amount at future dates. Certain of the loan participations or assignments acquired by the Trust may involve unfunded commitments of the lenders or revolving credit facilities under which a Borrower may from time to time borrow and repay amounts up to the maximum amount of the facility. In such cases, the Trust would have an obligation to provide its portion of such additional borrowings when drawn upon in the future, upon the terms specified in the loan documentation. Such an obligation may have the effect of requiring the Trust to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not be desirable to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).
EQUITY SECURITIES
Incidental to the Trust’s investments in credit instruments, the Trust may acquire or hold equity securities, or warrants to purchase equity securities, of a Borrower or issuer. Equity securities held by the Trust may include common equity securities and preferred securities. Common stock represents an equity ownership interest in a company. Warrants give holders the right, but not the obligation, to buy common stock of an issuer at a given price, usually higher than the market price at the time of issuance, during a specified period. preferred securities are generally equity securities of the issuer that have priority over the issuer’s common shares as to the payment of dividends (i.e., the issuer cannot pay dividends on its common shares until the dividends on the preferred shares are current) and as to the payout of proceeds of bankruptcy or other liquidation, but are subordinate to an issuer’s senior debt and junior debt as to both types of payments. The equity interests held by the Trust, if any, may not pay dividends or otherwise generate income.
TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE INVESTMENTS
During periods in which the Sub-Adviser believes that changes in economic, financial or political conditions make it advisable to maintain a temporary defensive posture (a “temporary defensive period”), or in order to keep the Trust’s cash fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares are being invested, the Trust may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in in short-term investments, including high quality, short-term securities or may invest in short-, intermediate-, or long-term U.S. Treasury bonds and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. Short term investments in which the Trust may invest including obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; commercial paper; and certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances. During a temporary defensive period, the Trust may also invest in shares of money market mutual funds. Money market mutual funds are investment companies. As a shareholder in a mutual fund, the Trust will bear its ratable share of its expenses, including management fees. There can be no assurance that such strategies will be successful. The Trust may not achieve its investment objective during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
U.S. government securities include (1) U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance: U.S. Treasury bills (maturities of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturities of one year to ten years) and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years) and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities that are supported by any of the following: (i) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, (ii) the right of the issuer to borrow an amount limited to a specific line of credit from the U.S. Treasury, (iii) discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the U.S. government agency or instrumentality or (iv) the credit of the agency or instrumentality. The Trust also may invest in any other security or agreement collateralized or otherwise secured by U.S. government securities. Agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government include but are not limited to: Federal Land Banks, Federal Financing Banks, Banks for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Farm Credit Banks, Federal Home Loan Banks, FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA, Student Loan Marketing Association, United States Postal Service, Small Business Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority and any other enterprise established or sponsored by the U.S. government. Because the U.S. government generally is not obligated to provide support to its instrumentalities, the Trust will invest in obligations issued by these instrumentalities only if the Sub-Adviser determines that the credit risk with respect to such obligations is minimal.
32 |
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
The Trust will buy and sell securities to seek to accomplish its investment objective. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Trust. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expense to the Trust, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. Higher portfolio turnover may decrease the after-tax return to individual investors in the Trust to the extent it results in an increase in the short-term capital gains portion of distributions to shareholders. The Trust’s portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Trust has adopted certain other investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. These limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares, as defined in the 1940 Act (and preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class), which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities, or such higher voting standard as set forth herein. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental investment policies of the Trust.
The Trust currently anticipates utilizing leverage to seek to enhance total return and income. The Trust may use leverage through (i) Indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper, (ii) the issuance of Preferred Shares and/or (iii) reverse repurchase agreements, securities lending, short sales or derivatives, such as swaps, futures or forward contracts, that have the effect of leverage (“portfolio leverage”). Under current market conditions, the Trust initially expects to utilize leverage through Indebtedness in an aggregate amount of approximately 25%-30% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of leverage). The Trust will not utilize leverage, either through Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or portfolio leverage, in an aggregate amount in excess of 40% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of leverage).
The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser anticipate that the use of leverage may result in higher total return to Common Shareholders over time; however, there can be no assurance that such expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. The use of leverage will cause the Trust’s net asset value, market price and level of distributions to be more volatile than if leverage were not used. The costs associated with the issuance of leverage will be borne by the Trust, which will result in a reduction of net asset value of the Common Shares and as a result such costs will be borne by Common Shareholders. The fees paid to the Adviser, and thereby to the Sub-Adviser, will be calculated on the basis of the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds from leverage, so the fees paid to the Adviser and Sub-Adviser will be higher when leverage is utilized. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire management fee. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or, if utilized, will be successful.
INDEBTEDNESS
Under the 1940 Act the Trust may not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Trust would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., for every dollar of Indebtedness outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least three dollars of total assets, including the proceeds of leverage). In addition, the Trust generally is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration and after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution, the Trust maintains asset coverage of 300%. However, the foregoing restriction does not apply with respect to certain types of Indebtedness of the Trust, including a line of credit or other privately arranged borrowings from a financial institution.
Pursuant to the Trust’s Indebtedness, lenders would have the right to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such Indebtedness, which right will be senior to those of common shareholders. The terms of any such Indebtedness may require the Trust to pay a fee to maintain a line of credit, such as a commitment fee, or to maintain minimum average balances with a lender. Any such requirements would increase the cost of such
33 |
Indebtedness over the stated interest rate. If the Trust utilizes Indebtedness, the Common Shareholders will indirectly bear the offering costs of the issuance of any Indebtedness.
The 1940 Act grants to the lenders, under certain circumstances, certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees.
Credit facility
The Trust currently intends to arrange a floating rate credit facility with one or more banks or other financial institutions pursuant to which the Trust would be entitled to borrow funds from time to time in accordance with the terms of such credit facility after the consummation of this offering. Any such borrowings, as well as the issuance of notes or other forms of Indebtedness, would constitute leverage and would be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirements imposed by the 1940 Act described above. No assurance can be provided that such Credit Facility will be entered into and the Trust may choose not to enter into a credit facility.
Under the terms of a credit facility, the Trust may be required to prepay outstanding amounts or incur a penalty rate of interest upon the occurrence of certain events of default. The Trust expects that a credit facility would contain customary covenants that, among other things, likely would limit the Trust’s ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change its fundamental investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, and require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the 1940 Act. The Trust may be required to pledge some or all of its assets and to maintain a portion of its assets in cash or high-grade securities as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses. The Trust expects that any credit facility would have customary covenant, negative covenant and default provisions. There can be no assurance that the Trust will enter into an agreement for a credit facility, or, if it does, that the Trust would receive terms and conditions representative of the foregoing, or that additional material terms will not apply. In addition, if entered into, the credit facility may in the future be replaced or refinanced by one or more credit facilities having substantially different terms or by the issuance of preferred shares or debt securities.
Notes
The Trust may also issue notes or other debt securities. As a condition to obtaining financing or obtaining ratings on the notes or other debt securities, the terms of any notes or other debt securities issued would be expected to include asset coverage maintenance provisions that would require the redemption of the notes or other debt securities in the event of non-compliance by the Trust and might also prohibit dividends and other distributions on the Common Shares in such circumstances. In order to meet such redemption requirements, the Trust might have to liquidate portfolio securities. These liquidations and redemptions, or reductions in Indebtedness, would cause the Trust to incur related transaction costs and could result in capital losses. Prohibitions on dividends and other distributions could impair the Trust’s ability to qualify as a RIC under the Code.
If the Trust issues notes or other debt securities, it may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more ratings agencies that may issue ratings for the notes or may be subject to covenants or other restrictions imposed by its lenders. These guidelines would be expected to impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that would be more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Sub-Adviser from managing the Trust portfolio in accordance with its investment objective and policies. If the Trust were to issue notes or other debt securities as well as utilize a credit facility, such notes would have an equal security interest, if any, with and rank pari passu , or equally in right of payment, with any borrowings under the credit facility.
PREFERRED SHARES
Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Trust would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200% (i.e., for every dollar of Preferred Shares outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least two dollars of total assets, including the proceeds of leverage). The Trust would not be permitted to declare any distribution (unless payable in stock) on its capital stock or purchase its capital stock unless, at the time of such declaration or purchase, the Trust has an asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such distribution or purchase price, as applicable.
If the Trust has Preferred Shares outstanding, two of the Trust’s trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares voting separately as a class. The remaining trustees of the Trust will be elected by Common Shareholders and
34 |
preferred shareholders voting together as a single class. In the event dividends on the preferred shares are unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends on such securities, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the directors of the Trust (subject to any prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding) and continue to be so represented until all dividends in arrears shall have been paid or otherwise provided for. Additionally, the holders of Preferred Shares would have separate voting rights for certain matters pursuant to the 1940 Act and the terms of the Preferred Shares.
In addition, as a condition to obtaining ratings on the Preferred Shares, the terms of the Preferred Shares would be expected to include asset coverage maintenance provisions that would require the redemption of Preferred Shares in the event of non-compliance by the Trust and might also prohibit dividends and other distributions on the Common Shares in such circumstances. In order to meet such redemption requirements, the Trust might have to liquidate portfolio securities. These liquidations and redemptions would cause the Trust to incur related transaction costs and could result in capital losses. Prohibitions on dividends and other distributions could impair the Trust’s ability to qualify as a RIC under the Code.
If the Trust issues Preferred Shares, it may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more ratings agencies that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines would be expected to impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that would be more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Sub-Adviser from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with its investment objective and policies.
The Trust has no present intention to issue preferred shares, although it may do so in the future.
DERIVATIVES
In addition, the Trust may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act, including the asset coverage requirements applicable to indebtedness under the 1940 Act, but the leverage effect of such transactions will be treated as “portfolio leverage” subject to the Trust’s policy not to use leverage in excess of 40% of its Managed Assets. To the extent that the Trust’s obligations under such transactions are not so segregated or covered, such obligations may be considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the 1940 Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement described above. The Trust’s calculation of its “portfolio leverage” includes leverage incurred by the Trust through portfolio transactions (reverse repurchase agreements, securities lending, short sales or derivatives, such as swaps, futures or forward contracts), that have the effect of leverage. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trust’s calculation of its “portfolio leverage” does not include the leveraged nature of credit instruments, such as structured credit instruments, in which the Trust invests.
EFFECTS OF LEVERAGE
Assuming Indebtedness representing approximately 30% of the Trust’s Managed Assets, at an annual interest rate of 2.55% payable on such Indebtedness, the income generated by the Trust’s portfolio (net of non-leverage expenses) must exceed 0.77% in order to cover such interest payments and other expenses specifically related to Indebtedness. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates, used for illustration. Actual interest rates may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate assumed above.
The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income and changes in the value of securities held in the Trust’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. The table further reflects the use of Indebtedness representing approximately 30% of the Trust’s Managed Assets, net of expenses, and the Trust’s currently projected annual interest rate on its borrowings of 2.55%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns experienced or expected to be experienced by the Trust, and therefore the Trust. See “Risks.”
Assumed Portfolio Total Return (Net of Expenses) | -10 | % | -5 | % | 0 | % | 5 | % | 10 | % | |
Common Share Total Return | -15.38 | % | -8.23 | % | -1.09 | % | 6.05 | % | 13.20 | % |
Common Share Total Return is composed of two elements: the distributions paid by the Trust (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Trust after paying interest and other expenses on its leverage) and gains or losses on the value of the securities the Trust owns. As required by SEC rules, the table above
35 |
assumes that the Trust, and therefore the Trust, is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0% the Trust must assume that the interest received on the Trust’s portfolio investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those investments.
Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations associated with investing in the Trust. An investment in the Trust is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of your entire investment.
NO PRIOR HISTORY
The Trust is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or operational history upon which to base their investment decision.
INVESTMENT AND MARKET RISK
An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. Your investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Trust. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than your original investment, even after taking into account the reinvestment of distributions. A prospective investor should invest in the Common Shares only if the investor can sustain a complete loss in its investment.
MARKET DISCOUNT RISK
Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities. Although the value of the Trust’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell Common Shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will depend entirely upon whether the market price of Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for Common Shares. Because the market price of Common Shares will be determined by factors such as net asset value, dividend and distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for Common Shares, stability of dividends or distributions, trading volume of Common Shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the initial public offering price. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their Common Shares soon after the completion of the public offering, as the net asset value of the Common Shares will be reduced immediately following the offering as a result of the payment of certain offering costs. Common Shares of the Trust are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Trust as a vehicle for trading purposes.
BELOW INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES RISK
The Trust intends to invest primarily in below investment grade credit instruments, which are commonly referred to as “high-yield” securities or “junk” bonds. Investment in securities of below investment grade quality involves substantial risk of loss. Securities of below investment grade quality are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and issuer-specific developments. Issuers of below investment grade securities are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers face ongoing uncertainties and exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions and are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Securities of below investment grade quality display increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment. The market values of certain below investment grade securities tend to reflect individual issuer developments to a greater extent than do higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. The market values for securities of below investment grade quality tend to be more volatile and such securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities, which could result in the Trust being unable to sell such securities for an extended
36 |
period of time, if at all. The market for high-yield securities has historically been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of such securities. Consolidation in the financial services industry has resulted in there being fewer market makers for high-yield securities, which may result in further risk of illiquidity and volatility with respect to high-yield securities, and this trend may continue in the future. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain below investment grade securities, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in below investment grade securities, you could have an increased risk of losing money on your investment in Common Shares, both in the short-term and the long-term.
The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSRO”) represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. To the extent that the Trust invests in securities that have not been rated by an NRSRO, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.
The Trust may invest in securities rated in the lower rating categories (rated Caa1/CCC+ or below, or unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser). For these securities, the risks associated with below investment grade instruments are more pronounced. Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. See “Risks—Stressed and Distressed Investments Risk.”
STRUCTURED CREDIT INSTRUMENTS RISK
Holders of structured credit instruments bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation as well as risks associated with the issuer of the instrument, which is often a special purpose vehicle, and may also be subject to counterparty risk. As an investor in structured credit instruments, the Trust typically will have the right to receive payments only from the issuer of the structured credit instrument, and generally would not have direct rights against the issuer of or entity that sold the underlying assets. While certain structured credit instruments enable the Trust to obtain exposure to a pool of credit instruments without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same instruments, investors in structured credit instruments generally pay their share of the administrative and other expenses of the issuer of the instrument. The prices of indices and instruments underlying structured credit instruments, and, therefore, the prices of structured credit instruments, will be influenced by, and will rise and fall in response to, the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured credit instrument uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term instruments, the issuer may be forced to sell its instruments at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured credit instruments owned by the Trust. Certain structured credit instruments may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market.
The Trust may invest in structured credit instruments collateralized by low grade or defaulted loans or securities. Investments in such structured credit instruments are subject to the risks associated with below investment grade securities. Such securities are characterized by high risk.
The Trust may invest in senior classes and subordinated classes, including residual or equity interests, issued by structured credit vehicles. The payment of cash flows from the underlying assets to senior classes take precedence over those of subordinated classes, and therefore subordinated classes are subject to greater risk. Furthermore, the leveraged nature of each subordinated class may magnify the adverse impact on such class of changes in the value of the assets, changes in the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets, prepayment on the assets and availability, price and interest rates of the assets.
CLO RISK
CLOs often involve risks that are different from or more acute than risks associated with other types of credit instruments. Generally, there may be less information available to the Trust regarding the underlying investments held by CLOs than if the Trust had invested directly in credit securities of the underlying issuers. Trust shareholders will not know the details of the underlying investments of the CLOs in which the Trust invests. Due to their often complicated structures, various CLOs may be difficult to value and may constitute illiquid investments. In addition, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist in any CLO when the Trust seeks to sell its interest therein. Moreover, the value of CLOs may decrease if the ratings agencies reviewing such securities revise their ratings
37 |
criteria and, as a result, lower their original rating of a CLO in which the Trust has invested. Further, the complex structure of the security may produce unexpected investment results. Also, it is possible that the Trust’s investment in a CLO will be subject to certain contractual limitations on transfer.
The market value of CLO securities may be affected by, among other things, changes in the market value of the underlying assets held by the CLOs, changes in the distributions on the underlying assets, defaults and recoveries on the underlying assets, capital gains and losses on the underlying assets, prepayments on underlying assets and the availability, prices and interest rate of underlying assets. Therefore, changes in the market value of the Trust’s CLO investments could be greater than the change in the market value of the underlying instruments.
CLOs in which the Trust invests in may hold underlying instruments that are concentrated in a limited number of industries or borrowers. A downturn in any particular industry or borrower in which a CLO is heavily invested may subject that vehicle, and in turn the Trust, to a risk of significant loss and could significantly impact the aggregate returns realized by the Trust.
Restructuring of investments held by CLOs
The manager of a CLO has broad authority to direct and supervise the investment and reinvestment of the investments held by the CLO, which may include the execution of amendments, waivers, modifications and other changes to the investment documentation in accordance with the collateral management agreement. During periods of economic uncertainty and recession, the incidence of amendments, waivers, modifications and restructurings of investments may increase. Such amendments, waivers, modifications and other restructurings will change the terms of the investments and in some cases may result in the CLO holding assets not meeting the CLO’s criteria for investments. This could adversely impact the coverage tests under an indenture governing the notes issued by the CLO. Any amendment, waiver, modification or other restructuring that reduces the CLO’s compliance with certain financial tests will make it more likely that the CLO will need to utilize cash to pay down the unpaid principal amount of secured notes to cure any breach in such test instead of making payments on subordinated notes. Any such use of cash would reduce distributions available and delay the timing of payments to the Trust.
The Trust cannot be certain that any particular restructuring strategy pursued by the CLO manager will maximize the value of or recovery on any investment. Any restructuring can fundamentally alter the nature of the related investment, and restructurings are not subject to the same underwriting standards that are employed in connection with the origination or acquisition of investments. Any restructuring could alter, reduce or delay the payment of interest or principal on any investment, which could delay the timing and reduce the amount of payments made to the Trust. Restructurings of investments might also result in extensions of the term thereof, which could delay the timing of payments made to the Trust.
If as a result of any such restructurings, the Sub-Adviser determines that continuing to hold instruments issued by such CLO is no longer in the best interest of the Trust, the Sub-Adviser may dispose of such CLO instruments. In certain instances, the Trust may be unable to dispose of such investments at advantageous prices and/or may be required to reinvest the proceeds of such disposition in lower-yielding investments.
CLO management risk
The activities of any CLO in which the Trust may invest will generally be directed by a collateral manager. In the Trust’s capacity as holder of CLO securities, the Trust is generally not able to make decisions with respect to the management, disposition or other realization of any investment, or other decisions regarding the business and affairs, of that CLO. Consequently, the success of any CLOs in which the Trust invests will depend, in large part, on the financial and managerial expertise of the collateral manager’s investment professionals. Subject to certain exceptions, any change in the investment professionals of the collateral manager will not present grounds for termination of the collateral management agreement. In addition, such investment professionals may not devote all of their professional time to the affairs of the CLOs in which the Trust invests. There can be no assurance that for any CLO, in the event that underlying instruments are prepaid, the collateral manager will be able to reinvest such proceeds in new instruments with equivalent investment returns. If the collateral manager cannot reinvest in new instruments with equivalent investment returns, the interest proceeds available to pay interest on the CLO securities may be adversely affected.
The transaction documents relating to the issuance of CLO securities may impose eligibility criteria on the assets of the CLO, restrict the ability of the CLO’s investment manager to trade investments and impose certain portfolio-wide asset quality requirements. These criteria, restrictions and requirements may limit the ability of the CLO’s
38 |
investment manager to maximize returns on the CLO securities. In addition, other parties involved in CLOs, such as third-party credit enhancers and investors in the rated tranches, may impose requirements that have an adverse effect on the returns of the various tranches of CLO securities. Furthermore, CLO securities issuance transaction documents generally contain provisions that, in the event that certain tests are not met (generally interest coverage and over-collateralization tests at varying levels in the capital structure), proceeds that would otherwise be distributed to holders of a junior tranche must be diverted to pay down the senior tranches until such tests are satisfied. Failure (or increased likelihood of failure) of a CLO to make timely payments on a particular tranche will have an adverse effect on the liquidity and market value of such tranche.
CLO SUBORDINATED NOTES RISK
The Trust may invest in subordinated notes issued by a CLO (often referred to as the “residual” or “equity” tranche), which are junior in priority of payment and are subject to certain payment restrictions generally set forth in an indenture governing the notes. In addition, CLO subdordinated notes generally do not benefit from any creditors’ rights or ability to exercise remedies under the indenture governing the notes. The subordinated notes are not guaranteed by another party. Subordinated notes are subject to greater risk that the senior notes issued by the CLO. CLOs are typically highly levered, utilizing up to approximately 10 times leverage, and therefore subordinated notes are subject to a higher risk of total loss. There can be no assurance that distributions on the assets held by the CLO will be sufficient to make any distributions or that the yield on the subordinated notes will meet the Trust’s expectations.
CLOs typically have no significant assets other than their underlying instruments. Accordingly, payments on CLO investments are and will be payable solely from the cash flows from such instruments, net of all management fees and other expenses. CLOs generally may make payments on subordinated notes only to the extent permitted by the payment priority provisions of an indenture governing the notes issued by the CLO. CLO indentures generally provide that principal payments on subordinated notes may not be made on any payment date unless all amounts owing under secured notes are paid in full. In addition, if a CLO does not meet the asset coverage tests or the interest coverage test set forth in the indenture governing the notes issued by the CLO, cash would be diverted from the subordinated notes to first pay the secured notes in amounts sufficient to cause such tests to be satisfied.
The subordinated notes are unsecured and rank behind all of the secured creditors, known or unknown, of the issuer, including the holders of the secured notes it has issued. Consequently, to the extent that the value of the issuer’s portfolio of loan investments has been reduced as a result of conditions in the credit markets, defaulted loans, capital gains and losses on the underlying assets, prepayment or changes in interest rates, the value of the subordinated notes realized at their redemption could be reduced. Accordingly, the subordinated notes may not be paid in full and may be subject to up to 100% loss. As a result, relatively small numbers of defaults of instruments underlying CLOs in which the Trust holds subordinated notes may adversely impact the Trust’s returns.
The market value of subordinated notes may be significantly affected by a variety of factors, including changes in the market value of the investments held by the issuer, changes in distributions on the investments held by the issuer, defaults and recoveries on those investments, capital gains and losses on those investments, prepayments on those investments and other risks associated with those investments. The leveraged nature of subordinated notes are likely to magnify the adverse impact on the subordinated notes of changes in the market value of the investments held by the issuer, changes in the distributions on those investments, defaults and recoveries on those investments, capital gains and losses on those investments, prepayments on those investments and availability, prices and interest rates of those investments. The Trust must be prepared to hold subordinated notes for an indefinite period of time or until their stated maturity.
An increase in interest rates would materially increase the financing costs of CLOs. Since underlying instruments held by a CLO may have LIBOR floors, there may not be corresponding increases in investment income to the CLO (if LIBOR increases but stays below the LIBOR floor rate of such instruments) resulting in smaller distribution payments on CLO subordinated notes.
Subordinated notes are illiquid investments and subject to extensive transfer restrictions, and no party is under any obligation to make a market for subordinated notes. At times, there may be no market for subordinated notes, and the Trust may not be able to sell or otherwise transfer subordinated notes at their fair value, or at all, in the event that it determines to sell them. Since 2007, subordinated notes issued in securitization transactions generally have experienced historically high volatility and significant fluctuations in market value. Additionally, some potential
39 |
buyers of such notes may view securitization products as an inappropriate investment, thereby reducing the number of potential buyers and/or potentially affecting liquidity in the secondary market.
Subordinated notes are subject to certain transfer restrictions and can only be transferred to certain specified transferees. The issuer may, in the future, impose additional transfer restrictions to comply with changes in applicable law. Restrictions on the transfer of subordinated notes may further limit their liquidity.
Investments in CLO subordinated notes may have complicated accounting and tax implications.
CORPORATE CREDIT INVESTMENTS RISK
Corporate debt instruments pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest. Some debt securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not make regular interest payments but are issued at a discount to their principal or maturity value. The value of fixed-income securities in which the Trust invests will change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. In addition, the value of certain fixed-income securities can fluctuate in response to perceptions of creditworthiness, political stability or soundness of economic policies. Fixed-income securities are subject to the risk of the issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on its obligations (i.e., credit risk) and are subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (i.e., market risk).
The reorganization of an issuer under the Federal or other bankruptcy laws may result in the issuer’s debt securities being cancelled without repayment, repaid only in part, or repaid in part or in whole through an exchange thereof for any combination of cash, debt securities, convertible securities, equity securities, or other instruments or rights in respect of the same issuer or a related entity. Fixed income securities generally are not traded on exchanges. The off-exchange market may be illiquid and there may be times when no counterparty is willing to purchase or sell certain securities. The nature of the market may make valuations difficult or unreliable.
SENIOR LOAN RISK
Senior Loans are generally of below investment grade credit quality and therefore are subject to greater risks than investment grade corporate obligations. The prices of these investments may be volatile and will generally fluctuate due to a variety of factors that are inherently difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, prevailing credit spreads, general economic conditions, financial market conditions, U.S. and non-U.S. economic or political events, developments or trends in any particular industry, and the financial condition of certain Borrowers. Additionally, Senior Loans have significant liquidity and market value risks since they are not traded in organized exchange markets but are traded by banks and other institutional counterparties. Furthermore, because such loans are privately syndicated and the applicable loan agreements are privately negotiated and customized, such loans are not purchased or sold as easily as publicly listed securities.
While such loans are generally intended to be secured by collateral, losses could result from default and foreclosure. Therefore, the value of the underlying collateral, the creditworthiness of the Borrower and the priority of the lien are each of great importance. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser cannot guarantee the adequacy of the protection of the Trust’s interests. If the terms of a Senior Loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral in the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, the Trust will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the Borrower’s obligations under the Senior Loans. Furthermore, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser cannot assure investors that claims may not be asserted that might interfere with enforcement of the Trust’s rights. In the event of a foreclosure, the Trust may assume direct ownership of the underlying collateral. The liquidation proceeds upon sale of collateral may not satisfy the entire outstanding balance of principal and interest on the loan, resulting in a loss. Any costs or delays involved in the effectuation of a foreclosure of the loan or a liquidation of the underlying property will further reduce the proceeds and thus increase the loss. To the extent that a Senior Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of the Borrower. Such Senior Loans involve a greater risk of loss.
Senior Loans are subject to legislative risk. If legislation or state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of Senior Loans for investment by the Trust may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain Borrowers. This would increase the risk of default. If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to increase their capital requirements this may cause financial
40 |
institutions to dispose of Senior Loans that are considered highly levered transactions. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, do not represent fair value. If the Trust attempts to sell a Senior Loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price the Trust could receive for the Senior Loan may be adversely affected.
SECOND LIEN LOANS RISK
Second lien loans are secured by liens on the collateral securing the loan that are subordinated to the liens of at least one other class of obligations of the related obligor, and thus, the ability of the Trust to exercise remedies after a second lien loan becomes a defaulted loan is subordinated to, and limited by, the rights of the senior creditors holding such other classes of obligations. In many circumstances, the Trust may be prevented from foreclosing on the collateral securing a second lien loan until the related senior loan is paid in full. Moreover, any amounts that might be realized as a result of collection efforts or in connection with a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving a second lien loan must generally be turned over to the senior secured lender until the senior secured lender has realized the full value of its own claims. In addition, certain of the second lien loans may contain provisions requiring the Trust’s interest in the collateral to be released in certain circumstances. These lien and payment obligation subordination provisions may materially and adversely affect the ability of the Trust to realize value from second lien loans.
UNSECURED LOAN RISK
Unsecured loans do not benefit from any security interest in the assets of the Borrower. Liens on such Borrowers’ assets, if any, will secure the applicable Borrower’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the Borrower under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before repayment of unsecured instruments held by the Trust. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the Trust’s unsecured obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then the Trust’s unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the borrower’s remaining assets, if any.
LOAN PARTICIPATION AND ASSIGNMENT RISK
The Trust may purchase Senior Loans, second lien loans and unsecured loans on a direct assignment basis from a participant in the original syndicate of lenders or from subsequent assignees of such interests. The Trust may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior Loans, second lien loans and unsecured loans. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and, in any event, the Trust may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the Borrower. In purchasing participations, the Trust generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower, and the Trust may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Trust will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, the Trust may not be able to conduct the same due diligence on the Borrower with respect to a loan hat the Trust would otherwise conduct. In addition, as a holder of the participations, the Trust may not have voting rights or inspection rights that the Trust would otherwise have if it were investing directly in the loan, which may result in the Trust being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the Borrower.
ILLIQUID INVESTMENTS RISK
The Trust expects to invest in restricted, as well as thinly traded, instruments and securities (including privately placed securities and instruments, which are assets which are subject to Rule 144A). There may be no trading market for these securities and instruments, and the Trust might only be able to liquidate these positions, if at all, at disadvantageous prices. As a result, the Trust may be required to hold such securities despite adverse price
41 |
movements. Privately issued securities have additional risk considerations than investments in comparable public investments. Whenever the Trust invests in companies that do not publicly report financial and other material information, it assumes a greater degree of investment risk and reliance upon the Sub-Adviser’s ability to obtain and evaluate applicable information concerning such companies’ creditworthiness and other investment considerations.
Certain stressed and distressed investments, for various reasons, may not be capable of an advantageous disposition prior to the date the Trust is to be dissolved. The Trust may be required to sell, distribute in kind or otherwise dispose of investments at a disadvantageous time as a result of any such dissolution.
STRESSED AND DISTRESSED INVESTMENTS RISK
The Trust may invest in stressed and distressed credit instruments. The ability of the Trust to obtain a profit from these investments may often depend upon factors that are intrinsic to the particular issuer, rather than the market as a whole. Appreciation in the value of such investments may be contingent upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a successful reorganization or merger. If the expected event does not occur, the Trust may incur a loss on the position. Stressed and distressed investments may have a limited trading market, resulting in limited liquidity and presenting difficulties to the Trust in valuing its positions. Stressed and distressed investments by the nature of their issuers’ leveraged capital structures, will involve a high degree of financial risk. These investments may be unsecured and subordinated to substantial amounts of senior indebtedness, all or a significant portion of which may be secured. In addition, these investments may not be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness, may have limited liquidity and may not be rated by a credit rating agency. Adverse changes in the financial condition of an issuer or in general economic conditions (or both) may impair the ability of such issuer to make payments on the subordinated securities and result in defaults on and declines in the value of such securities more quickly than in the case of the senior obligations of such issuer.
Uncertain exit strategies
Due to the illiquid nature of many stressed and distressed investments, as well as the uncertainties of the reorganization and active management process, the Sub-Adviser may be unable to predict with confidence what the exit strategy will ultimately be for any given position, or that one will definitely be available. Exit strategies that appear to be viable when an investment is initiated may be precluded by the time the investment is ready to be realized, due to economic, legal, political or other factors.
Control position risk
Certain stressed and distressed investment opportunities may allow a holder to have significant influence on the management, operations and strategic direction of the portfolio companies in which it invests. The exercise of control and/or significant influence over a company imposes additional risks of liability for environmental damage, product defects, failure to supervise management and other types of liability in which the limited liability generally characteristic of business operations may be ignored. The exercise of control and/or significant influence over a portfolio company could expose the assets of the Trust to claims by such portfolio company, its securities holders and its creditors. While the Sub-Adviser intends to manage the Trust in a way that will minimize exposure to these risks, the possibility of successful claims cannot be precluded.
LEVERAGE RISK
The Trust currently anticipates utilizing leverage to seek to enhance total return and income. The Trust initially expects to employ leverage through the issuance of Indebtedness. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s and the Sub-Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Trust to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or will be successful.
The use of leverage by the Trust will cause the net asset value of the Common Shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other economic indicators. As a result, the net asset value, market price and dividend rate of the Common Shares is likely to be more volatile than those of a closed-end management investment company that is not exposed to leverage. In a declining market the use of leverage may result in a greater decline in the net asset value and market price of the Common Shares than if the Trust were not leveraged.
42 |
Leverage will increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. The Trust will have to pay interest on its Indebtedness, if any, which may reduce the Trust’s return. This interest expense may be greater than the Trust’s return on the underlying investment, which would negatively affect the performance of the Trust. Increases in interest rates that the Trust must pay on its Indebtedness will increase the cost of leverage and may reduce the return to Common Shareholders. This risk may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels.
Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Trust to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Trust also may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such Indebtedness. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act.
The Trust may have leverage outstanding during a shorter-term period during which such leverage may not be beneficial if the Trust believes that the long-term benefits of such leverage would outweigh the costs and portfolio disruptions associated with redeeming and reissuing such leverage. However, there can be no assurance that the Trust’s judgment in weighing such costs and benefits will be correct.
During the time in which the Trust is utilizing leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser, and thereby to the Sub-Adviser, for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not utilize leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser on the one hand and the Common Shareholders, as holders of Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or other forms of leverage do not bear the management fee. Rather, Common Shareholders bear the portion of the management fee attributable to assets purchased with the proceeds of leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire management fee. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or, if utilized, will be successful.
In addition, the Trust may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Trust to deliver particular securities to extinguish the Trust’s obligations under such transactions, the Trust may “cover” its obligations under such transaction by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration
OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES RISK
Investments in other investment companies present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in securities in which the Trust may invest. Investments in other investment companies involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Trust. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Trust’s investments in other investment companies are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee layering. Investments in other investment companies may expose the Trust to an additional layer of financial leverage. To the extent management fees of other investment companies are based on total gross assets, it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ financial leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing volatility and risk. Investments in other investment companies also expose the Trust to additional management risk; the success of the Trust’s investments in other investment companies will depend in large part on the investment skills and implementation abilities of the advisers or managers of such entities. Decisions made by the advisers or managers of such entities may cause the Trust to incur losses or to miss profit opportunities. To the extent the Trust invests in ETFs or other investment companies that seek to track a specified index, such investments will be subject to tracking error risk.
EXCHANGE-TRADED FUND RISK
For ETFs tracking an index of securities, the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the net asset value of the shares of an ETF may over time diverge significantly from the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the relevant index due to the compounding effect experienced by an ETF which results from a number of factors, including, leverage (if applicable), daily rebalancing, fees, expenses and interest income, which in turn results in
43 |
greater non-correlation between the return of an ETF and its corresponding index. Moreover, because an ETF’s portfolio turnover rate may be very high due to daily rebalancing, holding both long and short futures contracts, leverage (if applicable) and and/or market volatility, such ETF will incur additional brokerage costs, operating costs and may generate increased taxable capital gains, which, in turn, would adversely affect the value of the shares of such ETF. In addition, fixed-income ETFs that track an index often require some type of sampling or optimization because they are typically market benchmarks but not tradable portfolios. Such ETFs often include many more securities than equity ETFs, and the securities included are often less liquid, resulting in fewer opportunities and greater costs to replicate the relevant index. Many instruments in fixed-income indices are illiquid or hard to obtain, as many investors may buy them at issuance and hold them to maturity.
SHORT SALES RISK
Short sales involve selling securities of an issuer short in the expectation of covering the short sale with securities purchased in the open market at a price lower than that received in the short sale. If the price of the issuer’s securities declines, the Trust may then cover the short position with securities purchased in the market. The profit realized on a short sale will be the difference between the price received in the sale and the cost of the securities purchased to cover the sale. The possible losses from selling short a security differ from losses that could be incurred from a cash investment in the security; the former may be unlimited, whereas the latter can only equal the total amount of the cash investment. Short selling activities are also subject to restrictions imposed by the federal securities laws and the various national and regional securities exchanges, which restrictions could limit the Trust’s investment activities. There can be no assurance that securities necessary to cover a short position will be available for purchase.
Synthetically created short positions will involve both hedging situations, where the position is intended to wholly or partially offset risk associated with another position in a related security, and speculative situations, where the Sub-Adviser uses shorting techniques to take advantage of the decline in the price of particular assets. The Trust will generally realize a profit or a loss as a result of a synthetically created short position if the value of the underlying asset decreases or increases respectively during the relevant term of the short position. In addition, the Trust will be required to post collateral on such positions as required pursuant to the agreement with the relevant transaction counterparty. The use of short selling through credit default swaps and total return swaps will subject the Trust to counterparty credit risk in the event of a default by the counterparty which could result in the loss of collateral posted with such counterparty and gains to which the Trust would otherwise be entitled absent the default of the counterparty. In addition, depending on the nature of the synthetic instrument used by the Trust to create short exposure, the Trust could be subject to the risk of unlimited losses.
DERIVATIVES RISK
Derivatives are financial contracts in which the value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. The Trust may, but is not required to, engage in various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to seek to enhance total return of earn income. The Trust’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks, such as interest rate risk, market risk, counterparty risk, and credit risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation and the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. If the Trust invests in a derivative instrument it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Trust will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial.
The instruments, indices and rates underlying derivative transactions expected to be entered into by the Trust may be extremely volatile in the sense that they are subject to sudden fluctuations of varying magnitude, and may be influenced by, among other things, government trade, fiscal, monetary and exchange control programs and policies; national and international political and economic events; and changes in interest rates. The volatility of such instruments, indices or rates, which may render it difficult or impossible to predict or anticipate fluctuations in the value of instruments traded by the Trust, could result in losses.
44 |
OFF-EXCHANGE DERIVATIVES RISK
The Trust may invest a portion of its assets in investments which are not traded on organized exchanges and as such are not standardized. Such transactions may include forward contracts, swaps or options. While some markets for such derivatives are highly liquid, transactions in off-exchange derivatives may involve greater risk than investing in exchange-traded derivatives because there is no exchange market on which to close out an open position. It may be impossible to liquidate an existing position, to assess the value of the position arising from an off-exchange transaction or to assess the exposure to risk. Bid and offer prices need not be quoted and, even where they are, they will be established by dealers in these instruments and consequently it may be difficult to establish what is a fair price. In respect of such trading, the Trust is subject to the risk of counterparty failure or the inability or refusal by a counterparty to perform with respect to such contracts. Market illiquidity or disruption could result in major losses to the Trust.
OPTIONS RISK
Trading in options involves a number of risks. Specific market movements of the option and the instruments underlying an option cannot be predicted. No assurance can be given that a liquid offset market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If no liquid offset market exists, the Trust might not be able to effect an offsetting transaction in a particular option. To realize any profit in the case of an option, therefore, the option holder would need to exercise the option and comply with margin requirements for the underlying instrument. A writer could not terminate the obligation until the option expired or the writer was assigned an exercise notice. The purchaser of an option is subject to the risk of losing the entire purchase price of the option. The writer of an option is subject to the risk of loss resulting from the difference between the premium received for the option and the price of the futures contract underlying the option that the writer must purchase or deliver upon exercise of the option. The writer of a naked option may have to purchase the underlying contract in the market for substantially more than the exercise price of the option in order to satisfy his delivery obligations. This could result in a large net loss.
FUTURES RISK
Futures contracts markets are highly volatile and are influenced by a variety of factors, including national and international political and economic developments. In addition, because of the low margin deposits normally required in futures trading, a high degree of leverage is typical of a futures trading account. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in substantial losses to the trader. Moreover, futures positions are marked to market each day and variation margin payment must be paid to or by a trader. Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange on which they were entered into or through a linked exchange, and no secondary market exists for such contracts. Certain futures exchanges do not permit trading in particular futures contracts at prices that represent a fluctuation in price during a single day’s trading beyond certain set limits. If prices fluctuate during a single day’s trading beyond those limits, the Trust could be prevented from promptly liquidating unfavorable positions and thus be subjected to substantial losses. When used for hedging purposes, an imperfect or variable degree of correlation between price movements of the futures contracts and the underlying investment sought to be hedged may prevent the Trust from achieving the intended hedging effect or expose the Trust to the risk of loss.
SWAPS RISK
The Trust may utilize swap agreements including, without limitation, interest rate, index and currency swap agreements. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than a year. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns earned on specified assets, such as the return on, or increase in value of, a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency. The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary securities transactions. There are risks relating to the financial soundness and creditworthiness of the counterparty to swap agreements. If the other party to an interest rate swap defaults, the Trust’s risk of credit loss may be the amount of interest payments that the Trust is contractually obligated to receive on a net basis. However, where swap agreements require one party’s payments to be “up-front” and timed differently than the other party’s payments (such as is often the case with currency swaps), the entire principal value of the swap may be subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. The investment performance of the Trust, however, may be adversely
45 |
affected by the use of swaps if the Sub-Adviser’s forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates are inaccurate.
CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS RISK
The Trust may enter into credit default swap agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. The Trust may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. If the Trust is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Trust may lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the Trust (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Trust receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract provided that there is no default event. If an event of default occurs, the Trust must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. Credit default swap transactions involve greater risks than if a Trust had invested in the reference obligation directly. Credit default swaps are subject to the risk of non-performance by the swap counterparty, including risks relating to the financial soundness and creditworthiness of the swap counterparty.
HEDGING TRANSACTIONS RISK
The success of any hedging strategy utilized by the Trust’s will be subject to the Sub-Adviser’s ability to correctly assess the degree of correlation between the performance of the instruments used in the hedging strategy and the performance of the investments in the portfolio being hedged. Since the characteristics of many securities change as markets change or time passes, the success of the Trust’s hedging strategy will also be subject to the Sub-Adviser’s ability to continually recalculate, readjust, and execute hedges in an efficient and timely manner.
While the Trust may enter into hedging transactions to seek to reduce risk, such transactions may result in a poorer overall performance for the Trust than if it had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. Hedging against a decline in the value of a portfolio position does not eliminate fluctuations in the values of those portfolio positions or prevent losses if the values of those positions decline. Rather, it establishes other positions designed to gain from those same declines, thus seeking to moderate the decline in the portfolio position’s value. Such hedging transactions also limit the opportunity for gain if the value of the portfolio position should increase. For a variety of reasons, the Sub-Adviser may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Such imperfect correlation may prevent the Trust from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Trust to risk of loss. In addition, it is not possible to hedge fully or perfectly against any risk, and hedging entails its own costs. The Sub-Adviser may determine, in its sole discretion, not to hedge against certain risks and certain risks may exist that cannot be hedged. Furthermore, the Sub-Adviser may not anticipate a particular risk so as to hedge against it effectively. The successful utilization of hedging and risk management transactions requires skills complementary to those needed in the selection of the Trust’s portfolio holdings.
The Trust may seek to hedge currency risks by investing in currencies, currency exchange forward or futures contracts, swaps, swaptions or any combination thereof (whether or not exchange-traded), but these or other instruments necessary to hedge such currency risks may not generally be available, may not provide a perfect hedge or may not be, in the Sub-Adviser’s judgment, economically priced. There can be no assurance that these strategies will be effective, and such techniques entail costs and additional risks.
COUNTERPARTY RISK
The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts entered into by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Concerns about, or a default by, one large market participant could lead to significant liquidity problems for other participants. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Trust may not receive adequate collateral.
The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally lower than for uncleared derivatives transactions since generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative contract and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing
46 |
organization for performance of financial obligations under the derivative contract. However, there can be no assurance that a clearing organization, or its members, will satisfy its obligations to the Trust.
SYNTHETIC INVESTMENT RISK
The Trust may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Sub-Adviser uses derivatives transactions as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s investment strategies. Customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Trust will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Trust’s performance in a materially adverse manner. Synthetic investments may be imperfectly correlated to the investment the Sub-Adviser is seeking to replicate. There can be no assurance that the Sub-Adviser’s judgments regarding the correlation of any particular synthetic investment will be correct. The Trust may be exposed to certain additional risks associated with derivatives transactions should the Sub-Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Trust’s investment strategies. The Trust would be subject to counterparty risk in connection with such transactions. If the Trust enters into a derivative instrument whereby it agrees to receive the return of a security or financial instrument or a basket of securities or financial instruments, it will typically contract to receive such returns for a predetermined period of time. During such period, the Trust may not have the ability to increase or decrease its exposure. In addition, such customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Trust will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Trust’s performance in a material adverse manner. Furthermore, derivative instruments typically contain provisions giving the counterparty the right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a decline in the value of the reference securities and material violations of the terms of the contract or the portfolio guidelines as well as other events determined by the counterparty. If a termination were to occur, the Trust’s return could be adversely affected as it would lose the benefit of the indirect exposure to the reference securities and it may incur significant termination expenses.
SEGREGATION AND COVER RISK
In connection with certain derivatives transactions, the Trust may be required to segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover such transactions and/or to deposit amounts as premiums or to be held in margin accounts. Regulators have adopted rules that generally require margin to be posted and collected for off-exchange derivatives. Such amounts may not otherwise be available to the Trust for investment purposes. The Trust may earn a lower return on its portfolio than it might otherwise earn if it did not have to segregate assets in respect of, or otherwise cover, its derivatives transactions positions. To the extent the Trust’s assets are segregated or committed as cover, it could limit the Trust’s investment flexibility. Segregating assets and covering positions will not limit or offset losses on related positions.
INTEREST RATE RISK
Interest rate risk is the risk that credit securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of fixed income credit securities generally will fall. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels. Prevailing interest rates may be adversely impacted by market and economic factors. If interest rates rise the markets may experience increased volatility, which may adversely affect the value and/or liquidity of certain of the Trust’s investments. The prices of longer-term securities fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term securities as interest rates change. The Trust’s use of leverage will tend to increase the interest rate risk to which its Common Shares are subject. The Trust invests primarily in variable and floating credit instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than fixed rate instruments, but generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline.
PREPAYMENT RISK
The frequency at which prepayments (including voluntary prepayments by the obligors and accelerations due to defaults) occur on bonds and loans will be affected by a variety of factors including the prevailing level of interest rates and spreads as well as economic, demographic, tax, social, legal and other factors. Generally, obligors tend to prepay their fixed rate obligations when prevailing interest rates fall below the coupon rates on their obligations. Similarly, floating rate issuers and borrowers tend to prepay their obligations when spreads narrow.
47 |
In general, “premium” securities (securities whose market values exceed their principal or par amounts) are adversely affected by faster than anticipated prepayments, and “discount” securities (securities whose principal or par amounts exceed their market values) are adversely affected by slower than anticipated prepayments. Since many fixed rate obligations will be discount securities when interest rates and/or spreads are high, and will be premium securities when interest rates and/or spreads are low, such securities and asset-backed securities may be adversely affected by changes in prepayments in any interest rate environment.
The adverse effects of prepayments may impact the Trust’s portfolio in several ways. During periods of declining interest rates, when the issuer of a security exercises its option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, the Trust may be required to reinvest the proceeds of such prepayment in lower-yielding securities. Particular investments may experience outright losses, as in the case of an interest-only security in an environment of faster actual or anticipated prepayments. In addition, particular investments may underperform relative to hedges that the Sub-Adviser may have constructed for these investments, resulting in a loss to the Trust’s overall portfolio. In particular, prepayments (at par) may limit the potential upside of many securities to their principal or par amounts, whereas their corresponding hedges often have the potential for unlimited loss.
INFLATION/DEFLATION RISK
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Trust’s use of leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio.
DURATION AND MATURITY RISK
The Trust has no set policy regarding maturity or duration of credit instruments in which it may invest or of the Trust’s portfolio generally. The price of fixed rate securities with longer maturities or duration generally is more significantly impacted by changes in interest rates than those of fixed rate securities with shorter maturities or duration. Therefore, generally speaking, the longer the duration of the Trust’s portfolio, the more exposure the Trust will have to interest rate risk described above. The Sub-Adviser may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all factors that the Sub-Adviser deems relevant. Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Trust’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time. The Trust may incur costs in seeking to adjust the portfolio average duration or maturity. There can be no assurance that the Sub-Adviser’s assessment of current and projected market conditions will be correct or that any strategy to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity will be successful at any given time.
CREDIT RISK
Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of securities will be unable to pay principal and interest when due, or that the value of the security will suffer because investors believe the issuer is less able to pay. This is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the securities in which the Trust invests. However, ratings are only the opinions of the agencies issuing them, may change less quickly than relevant circumstances and are not absolute guarantees of the quality of the securities. Furthermore, the Trust’s investments may not be rated by any rating agency or may be below investment grade. The Trust will be more dependent upon the judgment of the Sub-Adviser as to the credit quality of such unrated securities. A default, downgrade or credit impairment of any of its investments could result in a significant or even total loss of the investment.
NON-U.S. INVESTMENTS RISK
Issuers of foreign securities are not subject to United States reporting and accounting requirements. Foreign reporting requirements may result in less information being available or in a lack of uniformity in the manner in which information is presented. The risk of loss associated with investments in securities of foreign issuers, particularly in less developed markets, include currency exchange risks, expropriation, or limits on repatriating an
48 |
investment, government intervention, confiscatory taxation, political, economic or social instability, illiquidity, less efficient markets, price volatility and market manipulation.
Some foreign securities may be subject to brokerage or stock transfer taxes levied by foreign governments, which would have the effect of increasing the cost of investment and which may reduce the realized gain or increase the loss on such securities at the time of sale. The issuers of some of these securities, such as banks and other financial institutions, may be subject to less stringent or different regulations than would be the case for U.S. issuers and therefore potentially carry greater risk. Custodial expenses for a portfolio of non-U.S. securities generally are higher than for a portfolio of U.S. securities. In addition, dividend and interest payments from, and capital gains in respect of, certain foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes that may or may not be reclaimable.
In addition, costs associated with transactions in non-U.S. markets (including brokerage, execution, clearing and custodial costs) may be substantially higher than costs associated with transactions in U.S. markets. Such non-U.S. transactions may also involve additional costs for the purchase or sale of currencies in which the Trust’s assets are denominated in order to settle such transactions. Furthermore, clearing and registration procedures may be under-developed enhancing the risks of error, fraud, or default.
Many of the laws that govern foreign investment, securities transactions and other contractual relationships in non-U.S. securities markets are different than or not as fully developed as those in the United States. As a result, the Trust may be subject to a number of risks, including inadequate investor protection, contradictory legislation, incomplete, unclear and changing laws, ignorance or breaches of regulations on the part of other market participants, lack of established or effective avenues for legal redress, lack of standard practices and confidentiality customs characteristic of U.S. markets, and lack of enforcement of existing regulations. There can be no assurance that this difficulty in protecting and enforcing rights will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust and its operations. In addition, the income and gains of the Trust may be subject to withholding taxes imposed by foreign governments for which investors may not receive a full foreign tax credit. Furthermore, it may be more difficult to obtain and enforce a judgment in a court outside of the United States than to enforce one in the United States.
BANKRUPTCY CASES RISK
Many of the events within a bankruptcy case are adversarial and often beyond the control of the creditors. While creditors generally are afforded an opportunity to object to significant actions, there can be no assurance that a bankruptcy court would not approve actions that may be contrary to the interests of the partners. Furthermore, there are instances where creditors lose their ranking and priority as such if they are considered to have taken over management and functional operating control of a debtor. Generally, the duration of a bankruptcy case can only be roughly estimated. The reorganization of a Borrower usually involves the development and negotiation of a plan of reorganization, plan approval by creditors and confirmation by the bankruptcy court. This process can involve substantial legal, professional and administrative costs to the Borrower and the Trust; it is subject to unpredictable and lengthy delays; and during the process the Borrower’s competitive position may erode, key management may depart and the company may not be able to invest adequately.
U.S. bankruptcy law permits the classification of “substantially similar” claims in determining the classification of claims in a reorganization for the purpose of voting on a plan of reorganization. Because the standard for classification is vague, there exists a significant risk that the Trust’s influence with respect to a class of securities can be lost by the inflation of the number and the amount of claims in, or other gerrymandering of, the class.
In addition, certain administrative costs and claims that have priority by law over the claims of certain creditors (for example, claims for taxes) may be quite high. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and will be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors (other than out of assets or proceeds thereof, which are subject to valid and enforceable liens and other security interests). In addition, certain claims that have priority by law over the claims of certain creditors (for example, claims for taxes) may be quite high.
CREDITOR COMMITTEE RISK
The Sub-Adviser, on behalf of the Trust as a holder of distressed investments and other credit instruments, may participate on committees formed by creditors to negotiate with the management of financially troubled companies that may or may not be in bankruptcy or seek to negotiate directly with debtors with respect to restructuring issues. In situations where the Sub-Adviser chooses to join creditors’ committees, the Trust would likely be only one of
49 |
many participants, each of whom would be interested in obtaining an outcome that is in its individual best interests. There can be no assurance that participation on a creditors’ committee will yield favorable results in such proceedings, and such participation may entail significant legal fees and other expenses. Participation on such committees may expose the Trust to liability to other creditors.
Participation in restructuring activities may provide the Sub-Adviser with material non-public information that may restrict the Trust’s ability to trade in the Borrower’s securities or other instruments. Determination of whether information is material and non-public and how long knowledge of such information restricts trading is a matter of considerable uncertainty and judgment. While the Sub-Adviser intends to comply with all applicable securities laws and to make judgments concerning restrictions on trading in good faith, there may be circumstances where the Trust may trade in a Borrower’s securities or instruments while engaged in restructuring activities relating to that Borrower. Such trading creates a risk of litigation and liability that may result in significant legal fees and potential losses.
BOARD PARTICIPATION RISK
From time to time, an investment by the Trust may provide the Trust with the right to appoint or more members of the board of directors of a portfolio company or to appoint representatives to serve as observers to such boards of directors. Although such positions in certain circumstances enhance the ability to manage such investment, due to the duties imposed on the Trust’s representatives on boards of directors or receipt of material nonpublic information by such representatives, these positions may also have the effect of impairing the Trust’s ability to sell the related securities or instruments when, and upon the terms, it may otherwise desire. These restrictions may subject the Trust or its representatives to claims they would not otherwise be subject to as an investor, including claims of breach of duty of loyalty, securities claims and other director related claims.
CERTAIN OTHER CREDITOR RISKS
Debt securities are also subject to other creditor risks, including, without limitation, (a) the possible invalidation of an investment transaction as a “fraudulent conveyance” under relevant creditors’ rights laws, (b) so-called “lender liability” claims by the issuer of the obligations and (c) environmental liabilities that may arise with respect to collateral securing the obligations.
EQUITY INVESTMENTS RISK
Incidental to the Trust’s investments in credit instruments, the Trust may acquire or hold equity securities, or warrants to purchase equity securities, of a Borrower or issuer. Common equity securities prices fluctuate for a number of reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer, the general condition of the relevant stock market and broader domestic and international political and economic events. They may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. The value of a particular common stock held by the Trust may decline for a number of other reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, the issuer’s historical and prospective earnings, the value of its assets and reduced demand for its goods and services. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. The prices of common equity securities are also sensitive to general movements in the stock market, so a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common stocks and other equity securities to which the Trust has exposure. Dividends on common equity securities are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common equity securities will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, they will remain at current levels or increase over time.
Warrants give holders the right, but not the obligation, to buy common stock of an issuer at a given price, usually higher than the market price at the time of issuance, during a specified period. The risk of investing in a warrant is that the warrant may expire prior to the market value of the common stock exceeding the price fixed by the warrant. Warrants have a subordinate claim on a borrower’s assets compared with debt securities. As a result, the values of warrants generally are dependent on the financial condition of the borrower and less dependent on fluctuations in interest rates than are the values of many debt securities. The values of warrants may be more volatile than those of Senior Loans or corporate bonds and this may increase the volatility of the net asset value of the Common Shares.
50 |
The Trust’s goal is ultimately to dispose of equity interests and realize gains upon its disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests the Trust receives may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, the Trust may not be able to realize gains from its equity interests, and any gains that it does realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses the Trust experiences.
ALLEGATIONS OF EQUITABLE SUBORDINATION RISK
Under common law principles that, in some cases, form the basis for lender liability claims, certain actions by creditors may result in the subordination of the claim of the offending lending institution to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, called equitable subordination. Because of the nature of certain distressed investments, a fund holding such investments could be subject to allegations of lender liability and/or subject to claims from creditors of an obligor that investments issued by such obligor should be equitably subordinated. A portion of the Trust’s investments may involve situations in which the Trust will not be the lead creditor. Accordingly, it is possible that lender liability or equitable subordination claims that affect the Trust’s investments could arise without the direct involvement of the Trust.
LIMITED TERM RISK
Unless the Trust completes an Eligible Tender Offer and converts to perpetual existence, the Trust will terminate on or about the Termination Date. The Trust’s investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase Common Shares in this offering their initial investment of $10.00 per Common Share on the Termination Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer, and such investors and investors that purchase Common Shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination or in an Eligible Tender Offer.
Because the assets of the Trust will be liquidated in connection with the termination, the Trust will incur transaction costs in connection with dispositions of portfolio securities. The Trust may be required to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when market conditions are not favorable, which may cause the Trust to lose money. In particular, the Trust’s portfolio may still have significant remaining average maturity and duration, and large exposures to below investment grade securities, as the Termination Date approaches, losses due to portfolio liquidation may be significant. As the Trust approaches the Termination Date, its portfolio composition may change as more of its portfolio holdings are called or sold, which may cause the returns to decrease and the NAV of the Common Shares to fall. Rather than reinvesting the proceeds of matured, called or sold securities, the Trust may distribute the proceeds in one or more liquidating distributions prior to the final liquidation, which may cause fixed expenses to increase when expressed as a percentage of assets under management, or the Trust may invest the proceeds in lower yielding securities or hold the proceeds in cash, which may adversely affect its performance. Upon a termination, it is anticipated that the Trust will have distributed substantially all of its net assets to shareholders, although securities for which no market exists or securities trading at depressed prices, if any, may be placed in a liquidating trust. Common Shareholders will bear the costs associated with establishing and maintaining a liquidating trust, if necessary. Securities placed in a liquidating trust may be held for an indefinite period of time until they can be sold or pay out all of their cash flows. The Trust cannot predict the amount, if any, of securities that will be required to be placed in a liquidating trust.
If the Trust conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, the Trust anticipates that funds to pay the aggregate purchase price of Common Shares accepted for purchase pursuant to the tender offer will be first derived from any cash on hand and then from the proceeds from the sale of portfolio investments held by the Trust. In addition, the Trust may be required to dispose of portfolio investments in connection with any reduction in the Trust’s outstanding leverage necessary in order to maintain the Trust’s desired leverage ratios following a tender offer. The disposition of portfolio investments by the Trust could cause market prices of such instruments, and hence the net asset value of the Common Shares, to decline. In addition, disposition of portfolio investments will cause the Trust to incur increased brokerage and related transaction expenses. The Trust may receive proceeds from the disposition of portfolio investments that are less than the valuations of such investments by the Trust. It is likely that during the pendency of a tender offer, and possibly for a time thereafter, the Trust will hold a greater than normal percentage of its total assets in cash and cash equivalents, which may impede the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective and decrease returns to shareholders. If the Trust’s tax basis for the investments sold is less than the sale proceeds, the Trust will recognize capital gains, which the Trust will be required to distribute to shareholders. In addition, the Trust’s purchase of tendered Common Shares pursuant to a tender offer will have tax consequences for tendering shareholders and may have tax consequences for non-tendering shareholders. The purchase of Common Shares by the Trust pursuant to a
51 |
tender offer will have the effect of increasing the proportionate interest in the Trust of non-tendering shareholders. All shareholders remaining after a tender offer will be subject to proportionately higher expenses due to the reduction in the Trust’s total assets resulting from payment for the tendered Common Shares. Such reduction in the Trust’s total assets may also result in less investment flexibility, reduced diversification and greater volatility for the Trust, and may have an adverse effect on the Trust’s investment performance.
The Trust is not required to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. If the Trust conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, there can be no assurance that tendered Common Shares will not exceed the Termination Threshold, in which case the Eligible Tender Offer will be terminated, no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer and the Trust will terminate on or before the Termination Date (subject to possible extensions). Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer in which the tendered Common Shares do not exceed the Termination Threshold, the Board of Trustees may eliminate the Termination Date upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and without a shareholder vote. Thereafter, the Trust will have a perpetual existence. The Trust is not required to conduct additional tender offers following an Eligible Tender Offer and conversion to perpetual existence. Therefore, remaining shareholders may not have another opportunity to participate in a tender offer. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, and as a result remaining shareholders may only be able to sell their Common Shares at a discount to net asset value.
MANAGEMENT RISK
The Trust is subject to management risk because the Trust has an actively managed portfolio. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analysis in making investment decisions for the Trust, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.
NEW ADVISER RISK
The Trust is dependent upon services and resources provided by the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser is a newly formed entity that has filed an application for registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and will be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act prior to the commencement of operations of the Trust. The Adviser has not previously served as investment adviser to a registered investment company. The Sub-Adviser has not previously served as investment adviser or sub-adviser to a registered investment company. As a result, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser will be addressing certain operational and compliance requirements of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act for the first time in connection with the commencement of operations of the Trust.
VALUATION RISK
Because the secondary markets for certain investments may be limited, they may be difficult to value. Where market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable, the Trust will value such securities in accordance with fair value procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. Valuations of some or all of the Trust’s investments may require input from the Sub-Adviser and third parties. Valuations requiring input from the Sub-Adviser or third parties may be based on subjective inputs of the Sub-Adviser or such third parties. Valuation of such securities may require more research than for more liquid investments. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation in such cases than for investments with a more active secondary market because there is less reliable objective data available. In some cases, valuation of certain investments may be based upon models, indicative quotes or estimates of value and not actual executed historical trades. Reasonable efforts will be made to base such inputs on observable market prices and inputs but there can be no assurances that such information will be readily available. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures. Prices obtained by the Trust upon the sale of such securities may not equal the value at which the Trust carried the investment on its books, which would adversely affect the net asset value of the Trust. The Trust may incur costs in connection with valuing its investments, including costs associated with the retention of valuation firms to value certain of the Trust’s investments.
DEPENDENCE ON OCCURRENCE OF EVENTS RISK
The ability to realize a profit on many of the Trust’s investments is dependent upon the occurrence (or non-occurrence) of certain events, including, among other things, reorganization transactions involving portfolio companies, restructurings or renegotiations of the terms of loans or debt securities issued by portfolio companies or the successful implementation of business strategies or completion of certain projects by portfolio companies. If the event that the Sub-Adviser is expecting does not occur (or an unexpected event occurs), the Trust may sustain a significant loss.
52 |
COMPETITION RISK
Since an inherent part of the Sub-Adviser’s strategy will be to identify securities that provide for attractive risk adjusted yield, competitive investment activity by other firms may reduce the Trust’s opportunity for profit by reducing mispricings in the market as well as the margins available on such mispricings as can still be identified.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST RISKS
Various potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise from the overall investment activity of the Trust, the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates. Certain inherent conflicts of interest may arise from the fact that the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates may in the future carry on substantial investment activities for other client accounts, including discretionary accounts and other investment vehicles (collectively, the “Other Accounts”).
Some of the Other Accounts may invest in the same or different securities as the Trust, compete with the Trust for the same investment opportunities (which may be limited) and/or engage in transactions or other activities or pursue investment strategies which are inconsistent with those effected for the Trust or which are contrary to or conflict with the interests of the Trust.
The Sub-Adviser and its affiliates may give advice to or effect transactions on behalf of Other Accounts that are inconsistent with or contrary to advice given or transactions effected on behalf of the Trust.
The Sub-Adviser or its affiliates could manage one or more Other Accounts that may invest in different levels of the capital structure of a portfolio company, the debt or equity of which is held by the Trust. If a common portfolio company were to experience financial difficulty, the interests of the Trust could be different from the interest in such portfolio company held by one or more Other Accounts. To the extent that such a conflict arises, the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates will seek to resolve such conflicts on a case-by-case basis in the best interest of Trust and such Other Accounts, and in accordance with the restrictions of the 1940 Act.
Allocation of investment opportunities
The Sub-Adviser and its affiliates are not obligated to allocate all investment opportunities that may be appropriate for the Trust to the Trust. Allocation of investment opportunities among the Trust and the Other Accounts will be subject to the Sub-Adviser’s allocation procedures which generally provide that investments will be allocated on a fair and equitable basis (but not necessarily on a pro rata basis), having regard to such matters as available capital, relative exposure to market trends, risk tolerance, expected duration of the Trust or the investments, the investment programs and portfolio positions of the Trust and the affiliated entities for which participation is appropriate, guidelines, concentration limits and other limitations established by the respective entities, and applicable tax and regulatory considerations.
Allocation of personnel
Such Other Accounts may be managed by current employees of the Sub-Adviser or by new portfolio managers hired by the Sub-Adviser and may follow a similar investment strategy as that employed by the Trust. The Sub-Adviser may have an incentive to retain such portfolio managers to manage the assets of such Other Accounts rather than or in addition to managing the assets of the Trust. Although the officers and employees of the Sub-Adviser will devote as much time to the Trust as the Sub-Adviser deems appropriate, the officers and employees, if any, may have conflicts in allocating their time and services among the Trust and other accounts now or hereafter advised by the Sub-Adviser and/or its affiliates.
Lack of information barriers
Situations may occur where the Trust may be deemed to have possession of material non-public information, including material non-public information concerning specific companies, as a result of other activities by the Sub-Adviser, including on behalf of Other Clients. Under applicable securities laws, this may limit the Sub-Adviser’s ability to buy or sell securities issued by such companies and the Trust may be unable to engage in certain transactions they would otherwise find attractive, or may be able to engage in such transactions only during limited periods of time. Due to these restrictions, the Trust may not be able to initiate a transaction that it otherwise might have initiated and may not be able to sell an investment that it otherwise might have sold. Similarly, the Sub-Adviser may decline to receive material nonpublic information in order to avoid trading restrictions with regard to any Other
53 |
Account, even though access to such information may have been advantageous to the Trust. Clients and investors may be adversely affected by such restrictions.
While the Sub-Adviser has procedures in place to manage the risk associated with insider trading, the management of material non-public information could fail and result in the Sub-Adviser or one of its investment professionals, buying and selling a security while, at least constructively, in possession of material non-public information. Inadvertent trading on material non-public information could have adverse effects on the Sub-Adviser’s reputation, or result in the imposition of regulatory or financial sanctions, and as a consequence, negatively impact the Sub-Adviser’s ability to perform its investment management services on behalf of regulations, or decide that it is advisable to establish information barriers in the future, which may affect how they provides advice.
Restrictions on transactions with affiliates
The 1940 Act limits the Trust’s ability to enter into certain transactions with certain of its affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, the Trust may be prohibited from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of a registered investment company or other pooled investment vehicle managed by the Sub-Adviser or any of its affiliates. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of the Trust’s affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). The analysis of whether a particular transaction constitutes a joint transaction requires a review of the relevant facts and circumstances then existing. These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to the Trust.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION RISK
The Trust frequently may possess material non-public information about an issuer as a result of its ownership of a credit instrument of an issuer. Because of prohibitions on trading in securities while in possession of material non-public information, the Trust might be unable to enter into a transaction in a security of the issuer when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so.
TAX RISK
The Trust intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a RIC under the Code. As a RIC, the Trust generally would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment company taxable income and net capital gains. To qualify for the special tax treatment available to RICs, the Trust must comply with certain income, distribution, and diversification requirements. If the Trust failed to meet any of these requirements, subject to the opportunity to cure such failures under applicable provisions of the Code, the Trust would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income, including its net capital gain, even if such income were distributed to shareholders. All distributions by the Trust from earnings and profits, including distributions of net capital gain (if any), would be taxable to shareholders as dividends.
Certain of the Trust’s investments will cause the Trust to take into account taxable income in a taxable year in excess of the cash generated on those investments during that year. In particular, the Trust expects to invest in loans and other debt obligations that will be treated as having “market discount” and/or original issue discount (“OID”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Because the Trust may be allocated taxable income in respect of these investments before, or without receiving, cash representing such income, the Trust may have difficulty satisfying the annual distribution requirements applicable to RICs and avoiding Trust-level U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes. Accordingly, the Trust may be required to sell assets, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investments, to obtain the cash needed to make these income distributions. If the Trust liquidates assets to raise cash, the Trust may realize gain or loss on such liquidations. In the event the Trust realizes net capital gains from such liquidation transactions, the Trust and, ultimately, its Common Shareholders, may receive larger capital gain distributions than it or they would in the absence of such transactions.
The Trust may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade instruments. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for the Trust. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Trust may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Trust to the extent necessary in order to
54 |
seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income that it does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RISK
The Trust may engage in active and frequent trading of its portfolio securities. High portfolio turnover may result in increased transaction costs to the Trust, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on reinvestment in other securities. The sale of portfolio securities may result in the realization and/or distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains or losses as compared to a fund with less active trading policies. These effects of higher than normal portfolio turnover may adversely affect Trust performance.
RELIANCE ON SERVICE PROVIDERS
The Trust must rely upon the performance of service providers to perform certain functions, which may include functions that are integral to the operations and financial performance of the Trust. Fees and expenses of these service providers are borne by the Trust, and therefore indirectly by Common Shareholders. Failure by any service provider to carry out its obligations to the Trust in accordance with the terms of its appointment, to exercise due care and skill, or to perform its obligations to the Trust at all as a result of insolvency, bankruptcy or other causes could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s performance and ability to achieve its investment objective. The termination of the Trust’s relationship with any service provider, or any delay in appointing a replacement for such service provider, could materially disrupt the business of the Trust and could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s performance and ability to achieve its investment objective.
TECHNOLOGY RISK
Markets and market participants are increasingly reliant upon both publicly available and proprietary information data systems. Data imprecision, software or other technology malfunctions, programming inaccuracies, unauthorized use or access, and similar circumstances may impair the performance of these systems and may have an adverse impact upon a single issuer, a group of issuers, or the market at large. As the use of internet technology has become more prevalent, the Trust and their respective service providers have become more susceptible to potential operational risks through breaches in cyber security (generally, intentional and unintentional events that may cause the Trust, or a service provider to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption or lose operational capacity). There can be no guarantee that any risk management systems established by the Trust, their service providers, or issuers of the securities in which the Trust invests that are intended to reduce cyber security risks will succeed. The Trust cannot control such systems put in place by service providers or other third parties whose operations may affect the Trust and Common Shareholders.
RECENT MARKET DEVELOPMENTS RISK
Global and domestic financial markets have experienced periods of unprecedented turmoil. The debt and equity capital markets in the United States have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting United States federal government actions led to worsening general economic conditions, which materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. Such market conditions may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Trust, may make it more difficult for the Trust to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis and may adversely affect the ability of the Trust to borrow for investment purposes and increase the cost of such borrowings, which would reduce returns to Common Shareholders. These developments adversely affected the broader economy, and may continue to do so, which in turn may adversely affect issuers of securities owned by the Trust. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Trust and adversely affect the net asset value of the Common Shares.
Recently markets have witnessed more stabilized economic activity as expectations for an economic recovery increased. However, risks to a robust resumption of growth persist. A return to unfavorable economic conditions or sustained economic slowdown could adversely impact the Trust’s portfolio. Financial market conditions, as well as
55 |
various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world, have contributed to increased market volatility and may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. Moreover, Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates and the decision to end its quantitative easing policy, may adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser do not know how long the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. and global economies and securities markets in the Trust’s portfolio. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser intend to monitor developments and seek to manage the Trust’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Trust’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
MARKET DISRUPTION AND GEOPOLITICAL RISK
The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Egypt, Libya, Syria, Russia, Ukraine and the Middle East, possible terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world, growing social and political discord in the United States, the European debt crisis, the response of the international community—through economic sanctions and otherwise—to Russia’s recent annexation of the Crimea region of Ukraine and posture vis-a-vis Ukraine, further downgrade of U.S. Government securities, the change in the U.S. president and the new administration and other similar events, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know and cannot predict how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and the effects of these and similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. The Trust may be adversely affected by uncertainties such as terrorism, international political developments, and changes in government policies, taxation, restrictions on foreign investment and currency repatriation, currency fluctuations and other developments in the laws and regulations of the countries in which it is invested.
UK DEPARTURE FROM EU RISK
On Thursday June 23, 2016, voters in the United Kingdom referendum on the question of whether to remain or leave the European Union (the “EU”) voted in a majority in favor of leaving the EU. This historic event is widely expected to have consequences that are both profound and uncertain for the economic and political future of the United Kingdom and the EU, and those consequences include significant legal and business uncertainties pertaining to an investment in the Trust. In March 2017, the British Parliament passed a bill authorizing the British Government to invoke Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union – the formal process of withdrawing from the EU. Invoking Article 50 will give the United Kingdom two years to negotiate a separation with the other members of the EU. The full scope and nature of the consequences of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU are not at this time known and are unlikely to be known for a significant period of time. However, this process has led to significant uncertainty in the business, legal and political environment.
Risks associated with the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU include short and long term market volatility and currency volatility (including volatility of the value of the British pound sterling relative to the United States dollar and other currencies and volatility in global currency markets generally), macroeconomic risk to the UK and European economies, impetus for further disintegration of the EU and related political stresses (including those related to sentiment against cross border capital movements and activities of investors like the Trust), prejudice to financial services businesses that are conducting business in the EU and which are based in the UK, legal uncertainty regarding achievement of compliance with applicable financial and commercial laws and regulations in view of the expected steps to be taken pursuant to or in contemplation of Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union and negotiations undertaken under Article 218 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and the unavailability of timely information as to expected legal, tax and other regimes.
EUROZONE RISK
The result of the Referendum and continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Investing in Euro-denominated securities entails risk of being exposed to a currency that may not fully reflect the strengths and weaknesses of the disparate European economies. In addition, it is possible that the Euro could be abandoned in the future by additional countries that have adopted its use. The effects of the collapse of the Euro, or of the exit of more
56 |
countries from the EMU, on the United States and global economy and securities markets could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Trust’s investments.
LEGISLATION AND REGULATION RISK
At any time after the date of this prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the companies in which the Trust invests. Changing approaches to regulation may also have a negative impact companies in which the Trust invests. In addition, legislation or regulation may change the way in which the Trust is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust or will not impair the ability of the Trust to achieve its investment objective.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law in July 2010, has resulted in significant revisions to the U.S. financial regulatory framework. The Dodd-Frank Act covers a broad range of topics, including, among many others: a reorganization of federal financial regulators; the creation of a process designed to ensure financial system stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; the enactment of new rules for derivatives trading; the creation of a consumer financial protection watchdog; the registration and regulation of managers of private funds; the regulation of rating agencies; and the enactment of new federal requirements for residential mortgage loans. The regulation of various types of derivative instruments pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect the Trust or its counterparties.
On December 11, 2015, the SEC published a proposed rule that, if adopted, would change the regulation of the use of derivative instruments and financial commitment transactions by registered investment companies. The SEC sought public comments on numerous aspects of the proposed rule, and as a result the nature of any final regulations is uncertain at this time. Such regulations could limit the implementation of the Trust’s use of derivatives and reverse repurchase agreement transactions and impose additional compliance costs on the Trust, which could have an adverse impact on the Trust. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Trust’s portfolio. The Adviser and the Sub-Adviser intend to monitor developments and seek to manage the Trust’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Trust’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Rule 4.5 permits investment advisers to registered investment companies to claim an exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) with respect to a fund, provided certain requirements are met. In order to permit the Adviser to claim this exclusion with respect to the Trust, the Trust will limit its transactions in futures, options on futures and swaps (excluding transactions entered into for “bona fide hedging purposes,” as defined under CFTC regulations) such that either: (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish its futures, options on futures and swaps do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Trust’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of its futures, options on futures and swaps does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Trust’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions. Accordingly, the Trust is not subject to regulation under the CEA or otherwise regulated by the CFTC. If the Adviser was unable to claim the exclusion with respect to the Trust, the Adviser would become subject to registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator, which would subject the Adviser and the Trust to additional registration and regulatory requirements and increased operating expenses.
The change in presidential administration could significantly impact the regulation of United States financial markets. Areas subject to potential change, amendment or repeal include the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Volcker Rule, the authority of the Federal Reserve and Financial Stability Oversight Council, and renewed proposals to separate banks’ commercial and investment banking activities. The Financial CHOICE Act, which was passed by the U.S. House of Representatives in June 2017, would, if enacted, roll back parts of the Dodd-Frank Act. Other potential changes that could be pursued by the new presidential administration could include the United States’ withdrawal from, or attempt to renegotiate, various trade agreements or the taking of other actions that would change current trade policies of the United States. It is not possible to predict which, if any, of these actions will be taken or, if taken, their effect on the economy, securities markets or the financial stability of the United States. The Trust may be affected by governmental action in ways that are not foreseeable, and there is a possibility that such actions could have a significant adverse effect on the Trust and its ability to achieve its investment objective.
57 |
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS IN THE TRUST’S GOVERNING DOCUMENTS RISK
The Trust’s Governing Documents include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status. These provisions could have the effect of depriving Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares. See “Certain Provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents.”
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
The Board of Trustees is broadly responsible for the management of the Trust, including general supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser and Sub-Adviser. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Trust” in the SAI.
ADVISER
XA Investments LLC acts as investment adviser to the Trust and is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s overall investment strategy and its implementation, including the use of leverage by the Trust. XAI has filed an application for registration under the Advisers Act and will be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act prior to the commencement of operations of the Trust. XAI is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 321 North Clark Street, Suite 2430, Chicago, Illinois 60654. XAI is controlled by Theodore J. Brombach, Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Adviser and a founding partner of XMS Capital Partners, LLC, and John “Yogi” Spence, Co-Chief Executive Officer of XAI and a founding partner of XMS Capital Partners, LLC.
XAI was founded by the principals of XMS Capital Partners, LLC in April 2016. The XAI leadership team believes that the investing public needs better access to a broader range of alternative investment strategies and managers. XAI sponsors registered investment companies designed to provide investors with access to institutional caliber alternative investments, by partnering with established alternative asset managers selected from among numerous alternative credit managers, hedge fund managers and private debt and equity firms to sub-adviser XAI funds.
XAI will be responsible for the management of the Trust, will furnish offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Trust, will oversee the activities of the Sub-Adviser, will provide personnel, including certain officers required for the Trust’s administrative management, and will pay the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Trust who are its affiliates.
SUB-ADVISER
Octagon Credit Investors, LLC acts as investment sub-adviser to the Trust and is responsible for investing the Trust’s assets. The Sub-Adviser is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. The Sub-Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 250 Park Avenue, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10177. Octagon Credit Investors, LLC is majority-owned by Conning & Company, which is an indirect subsidiary of Cathay Financial Holding Co., Ltd., a Taiwan-based company.
The Sub-Adviser’s experienced team of investment professionals has worked together for many years and managed funds through multiple credit cycles over Octagon’s more than 22 year history. The Sub-Adviser currently manages $16 billion in assets under management as of June 30, 2017 across twenty-one CLOs, fourteen separately managed accounts and nine commingled private fund structures.
The Sub-Adviser, under the direction and supervision of the Board of Trustees and the Adviser, will be responsible for the management of the Trust’s investment portfolio and will provide certain facilities and personnel related to such management.
58 |
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT AND SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
Investment advisory agreement
Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Trust and the Adviser, the Trust will pay the Adviser a fee, payable monthly in arrears, in an annual amount equal to 1.70% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser’s fees).
Sub-advisory agreement
Pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Trust, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, the Adviser will pay to the Sub-Adviser a sub-advisory fee out of the management fee received by the Adviser. The sub-advisory fee, payable monthly in arrears, is calculated as a specified percentage of the advisory fee payable by the Trust to the Adviser (before giving effect to any fees waived or expenses reimbursed by the Adviser). The specified percentage is equal to the blended percentage computed by applying the following percentages to the aggregate average daily Managed Assets of all registered investment companies in the XAI fund complex for which the Sub-Adviser (or an affiliate of the Sub-Adviser) serves as investment sub-adviser, including the Trust (“Eligible Funds”):
Aggregate Eligible Funds | |||
Average Daily Managed Assets | Percentage | ||
First $500 million | 60% | ||
Over $500 million | 50% |
The Trust is currently the only Eligible Fund. Therefore, assuming Managed Assets of the Trust of $100 million following the completion of the offering and the utilization of leverage by the Trust, the sub-advisory fee would equal 60% of the advisory fee payable to the Adviser.
No performance or incentive fees
The Trust does not pay a performance or incentive fee to the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser.
Board considerations
The investment advisory agreement and the investment sub-advisory agreement of the Trust were approved by the Board of Trustees on July 13, 2017. A discussion regarding the basis for such approval by the Board of Trustees will be available in the Trust’s initial annual or semi-annual report to shareholders.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
During the time in which the Trust is utilizing leverage, the amount of the management fees paid to the Adviser and Sub-Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not utilize leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Trust’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand, as holders of Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or other forms of leverage do not bear the management fee. Rather, Common Shareholders bear the portion of the management fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire management fee. In addition, because the percentage of the advisory fee paid by the Adviser to the Sub-Adviser may vary based on Managed Assets, conflicts of interest may exist between the Adviser and Common Shareholder, with respect to subsequent opportunities to raise additional assets for the Trust.
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT
The Sub-Adviser personnel responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio are:
Andrew D. Gordon , Chief Executive Officer, Co-Chief Investment Officer and member of the Investment Committee of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Gordon co-founded Octagon in 1994 and subsequently managed numerous Octagon funds before assuming his current position. He has over 30 years of experience in the below-investment grade leveraged loan and high yield bond asset classes, in both sell-side and buy-side capacities. Prior to co-founding Octagon, Mr. Gordon was a Managing Director at Chemical Securities, Inc., where he focused primarily on the oil and gas industries. Mr. Gordon advised on and arranged below-investment grade loans for corporate clients, while also undertaking special projects in M&A advisory and distressed credit situations. He previously
59 |
served as Vice President in the Acquisition Finance Division of Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company. In this capacity, Mr. Gordon structured, syndicated and managed leveraged buyout transactions. Mr. Gordon graduated cum laude with an A.B. in Economics from Duke University.
Michael B. Nechamkin , Co-Chief Investment Officer, Senior Portfolio Manager and member of the Investment Committee of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Nechamkin joined Octagon in 1999. He has 26 years of industry experience, including 17 years at Octagon. Mr. Nechamkin is a member of Octagon’s Investment Committee and serves as the Senior Portfolio Manager of three CLOs, four Separately Managed Accounts, and three Private Commingled Funds. Prior to joining Octagon, Mr. Nechamkin was a Vice President in the High Yield Research Group at Bankers Trust. He previously served as a Convertible Securities Analyst at Mabon Securities and a Financial Consultant at Merrill Lynch. Mr. Nechamkin holds a Bachelor’s degree and a Masters of Talmudic Law and an M.B.A from the University of Baltimore.
Lauren M. Basmadjian , Portfolio Manager and member of the Investment Committee of the Sub-Adviser. Ms. Basmadjian joined Octagon in 2001. She has 15 years of industry experience. Ms. Basmadjian is a member of Octagon’s Investment Committee and serves as the Portfolio Manager of ten CLOs, two Separately Managed Accounts, and two Private Commingled Fund. Prior to becoming a Portfolio Manager, Ms. Basmadjian managed Octagon’s workout efforts and also oversaw Octagon’s investments in the leisure and entertainment, retail, consumer products, business services, food and beverage and technology industries. Prior to joining Octagon, Ms. Basmadjian worked in the Acquisition Finance Group at Chase Securities, Inc. She graduated cum laude from the Stern School of Business at New York University with a B.S. in Finance and Economics.
Gretchen M. Lam, CFA , Portfolio Manager and member of the Investment Committee of the Sub-Adviser. Ms. Lam joined Octagon in 1999. She has 17 years of industry experience. Ms. Lam is a member of Octagon’s Investment Committee and serves as the Portfolio Manager of six CLOs, two Separately Managed Accounts, and three Private Commingled Funds. Prior to becoming a Portfolio Manager, Ms. Lam oversaw Octagon’s investments in the software, business services, finance and insurance, paper and packaging, gaming and lodging, homebuilding and real estate industries. She was also responsible for the structured credit exposure held in Octagon’s CLO vehicles. Ms. Lam received her CFA Charter in 2006. She graduated summa cum laude from Babson College with a B.S. in Investments.
The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities of the Trust.
INVESTOR SUPPORT SERVICES AND SECONDARY MARKET SUPPORT SERVICES
The Trust has retained the Adviser to provide investor support services and secondary market support services in connection with the ongoing operation of the Trust. Such services include responding to questions about the Trust from financial intermediaries; assisting in drafting and editing mailings to financial intermediaries; distributing mailings to financial intermediaries; scheduling, organizing and preparing conference calls, meetings and other communications with financial intermediaries; communicating with the NYSE specialist for the Common Shares, and with the closed-end fund analyst community regarding the Trust on a periodic basis; assisting in producing communications targeted to current Trust shareholders and the investment community generally (excluding marketing materials targeted to prospective investors or prepared for use in an offering of Common Shares); assisting in the formatting, development and maintenance of the Trust’s website; assisting with administrative matters (including in connection with the preparation of press releases, shareholder reports and regulatory filings) with respect to the Trust. In exchange for such services, the Trust will pay the Adviser a service fee, payable monthly in arrears, in an annual amount equal to 20% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.
EXPENSES
The Trust pays all costs and expenses of its operations (in addition to the advisory fee and investor support services and secondary market support services fee paid to XAI), including compensation of its trustees (other than those affiliated with the Adviser), custodian fees, transfer agency and dividend disbursing agent fees, administration fees, fund accounting agent fees, legal fees, expenses of its independent registered public accounting firm, expenses of pricing services or valuation agents, expenses of repurchasing Common Shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, listing fees and taxes, if any. All fees and expenses are accrued daily and deducted before paying distributions to shareholders.
60 |
The Adviser has contractually agreed, for the period ending two years after the date of this prospectus, to waive a portion of the advisory fee and/or reimburse the Trust for certain operating expenses so that the annual expenses of the Trust do not exceed 0.30% of the Trust’s Managed Assets (exclusive of investment advisory fees, investor support and secondary market services fees, taxes, expenses incurred directly or indirectly by the Trust as a result of an investment in a permitted investment (including, without limitation, acquired fund fees and expenses), expenses associated with the acquisition or disposition of portfolio investments (including, without limitation, brokerage commissions and other trading or transaction expenses), leverage expenses (including, without limitation, costs associated with the issuance or incurrence of leverage, commitment fees, interest expense or dividends on preferred shares), expenses incurred in connection with issuances and sales of shares of the Trust (including, without limitation, fees, commissions and offering costs), dividends on short sales, if any, securities lending costs, if any, expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, meetings of shareholders of the Trust (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of trustees), expenses of a reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the Trust or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund, or any extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Trust’s business (including, without limitation, expenses related to litigation, derivative actions, demands related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceeding)). After its initial two-year term, the expense limitation agreement may be renewed with the consent of the Adviser and the Board of Trustees. The Adviser may recoup waived or reimbursed amounts for up to three years, provided total expenses, including such recoupment, do not exceed the lesser of the annual expense limit at the time such expenses were waived or reimbursed or the annual expense limit at the time of recoupment.
Offering expenses relating to the offering Trust’s Common Shares (other than the sales load) that do not exceed $0.02 per Common Share will be payable by the Trust upon completion of the offering of Common Shares, will be charged to capital upon the commencement of investment operations of the Trust, and will be attributable to the Common Shares. The Adviser has agreed to (i) pay all organizational expenses of the Trust and (ii) pay or reimburse offering expenses of the Trust (other than sales load but including reimbursement of distribution assistance payments to FDCC described below) that exceed $0.02 per Common Share. The Adviser has agreed to pay to FDCC a fee equal to 0.90% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering (inclusive of the over-allotment option), as payment for providing certain distribution-related services, and to reimburse reasonable out of pocket expenses related to the Trust’s roadshow. To the extent the Trust has not otherwise paid offering expenses that exceed $0.02 per Common Share, the Trust will reimburse the Adviser for such payments to or reimbursements of FDCC, up to an amount which will not cause offering expenses borne by the Trust to exceed $0.02 per Common Shares. Such fees and expenses paid to FDCC (whether or not reimbursed by the Trust) constitute underwriting compensation and are a component of the total compensation to underwriters. See “Underwriting.”
CONTROL PERSONS
Prior to the public offering of the Common Shares, the Adviser purchased Common Shares from the Trust in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act. As of the date of this prospectus, the Adviser owned 100% of the outstanding Common Shares. The Adviser may be deemed to control the Trust until such time as it owns less than 25% of the outstanding Common Shares, which is expected to occur as of the completion of the offering of the Common Shares.
The net asset value of the Common Shares of the Trust is calculated by subtracting the Trust’s total liabilities (including from Indebtedness) and the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Shares from total assets (the market value of the securities the Trust holds plus cash and other assets). The per share net asset value of the Common Shares is calculated by dividing the net asset value of the Trust by the number of Common Shares outstanding and rounding the result to the nearest full cent. The Trust calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the last business day of each month and at such other times as may be determined by the Board of Trustees from time to time.
The Trust values debt securities at the last available bid price for such securities or, if such prices are not available, at prices for securities of comparable maturity, quality, and type. The Trust values exchange-traded options and other exchange-traded derivative contracts at the midpoint of the best bid and asked prices at the close on those exchanges on which they are traded.
61 |
The Trust values equity securities at the last reported sale price on the principal exchange or in the principal off-exchange market in which such securities are traded, as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the day the securities are being valued or, if there are no sales, at the mean between the last available bid and asked prices on that day. Securities traded primarily on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) are normally valued by the Trust at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”) provided by Nasdaq each business day. The NOCP is the most recently reported price as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, unless that price is outside the range of the “inside” bid and asked prices (i.e., the bid and asked prices that dealers quote to each other when trading for their own accounts); in that case, Nasdaq will adjust the price to equal the inside bid or asked price, whichever is closer. Because of delays in reporting trades, the NOCP may not be based on the price of the last trade to occur before the market closes.
Generally, trading in many foreign securities that the Trust may hold will be substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. The values of these securities used in determining the net asset value generally will be computed as of such times. Occasionally, events affecting the value of foreign securities may occur between such times and the close of the NYSE which will not be reflected in the computation of net asset value unless it is determined that such events would materially affect the net asset value, in which case adjustments would be made and reflected in such computation pursuant to the fair valuation procedures described herein. Such adjustments may be based upon factors such as developments in non-U.S. markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets and the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent non-U.S. securities.
Short-term securities with remaining maturities of less than 60 days may be valued at amortized cost, to the extent that amortized cost is determined to approximate fair value.
The Trust values derivatives transactions in accordance with valuation guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees. Accrued payments to the Trust under such transactions will be assets of the Trust and accrued payments by the Trust will be liabilities of the Trust.
The Trust may utilize independent pricing services or, if independent pricing services are unavailable, bid quotations provided by dealers to value certain of its securities and other instruments at their market value. The Trust may use independent pricing services to value certain securities held by the Trust at their market value. The Trust periodically verifies valuations provided by independent pricing services.
If independent pricing services or dealer quotations are not available for a given security, such security will be valued in accordance with valuation guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees that the Board of Trustees believes are designed to accurately reflect the fair value of securities valued in accordance with such guidelines.
The Board of Trustees has delegated the day-to-day responsibility for fair value determinations to a valuation committee comprised of representatives from the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and the Trust’s administrator (the “Valuation Committee”). All fair value determinations made by the Valuation Committee are subject to review and ratification by the Board of Trustees. As a general principle, the fair value of a portfolio instrument is the amount that an owner might reasonably expect to receive upon the instrument’s current sale. A range of factors and analysis may be considered when determining fair value, including relevant market data, interest rates, credit considerations and/or issuer specific news. For certain securities, fair valuations may include input from the Sub-Adviser utilizing a wide variety of market data including yields or prices of investments of comparable quality, type of issue, coupon, maturity, rating, indications of value from security dealers, evaluations of anticipated cash flows or collateral, spread over U.S. Treasury obligations, and other information and analysis. In addition, the Valuation Committee may consider valuations provided by valuation firms retained to assist in the valuation of certain of the Trust’s investments. Fair valuation involves subjective judgments. While the Trust’s use of fair valuation is intended to result in calculation of net asset value that fairly reflects values of the Trust’s portfolio securities as of the time of pricing, the Trust cannot guarantee that any fair valuation will, in fact, approximate the amount the Trust would actually realize upon the sale of the securities in question. It is possible that the fair value determined for a portfolio instrument may be materially different from the value that could be realized upon the sale of that instrument.
Information that becomes known after the Trust’s net asset value has been calculated on a particular day will not be used to retroactively adjust the price of a security or the Trust’s previously determined net asset value.
62 |
The Trust intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income, if any, to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Trust intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders at least annually.
The Trust expects that distributions paid on the Common Shares will consist primarily of (i) investment company taxable income, which includes ordinary income (such as interest, dividends, and certain income from hedging or derivatives transactions) and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and (ii) net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss).
The Trust expects to declare initial distributions approximately 45 to 60 days after completion of the Common Share offering, and to pay such initial distributions approximately 60 to 90 days after the completion of the Common Share offering, depending upon market conditions.
To permit the Trust to maintain more stable monthly distributions, the Trust may initially distribute less than the entire amount of the net investment income earned in a particular period. The undistributed net investment income may be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Trust during the period, and the Trust may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio to make a distribution at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Undistributed net investment income is included in the Common Shares’ net asset value, and, correspondingly, distributions from net investment income will reduce the Common Shares’ net asset value.
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, in the event the Trust makes distributions from sources other than income, a notice will be provided in connection with each monthly distribution with respect to the estimated source of the distribution made. Such notices will describe the portion, if any, of the monthly dividend which, in the Trust’s good faith judgment, constitutes long-term capital gain, short-term capital gain, investment company taxable income or a return of capital. The actual character of such dividend distributions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, however, will only be determined finally by the Trust at the close of its fiscal year, based on the Trust’s full year performance and its actual net investment company taxable income and net capital gains for the year, which may result in a recharacterization of amounts distributed during such fiscal year from the characterization in the monthly estimates.
If the Trust’s total distributions in any year exceed the amount of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for the year, any such excess would generally be characterized as a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to the extent such amounts exceed the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. The amount by which the Trust’s total distributions exceed investment company taxable income and net capital gain would generally be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in their Common Shares, which would reduce such tax basis, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as a gain from the sale of their Common Shares. Consequently, although a return of capital may not be taxable, it will generally increase the Common Shareholder’s potential gain, or reduce the Common Shareholder’s potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of Common Shares. A return of capital distribution is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Trust. Because of the manner in which the Trust will account for certain income received from its investments, a greater portion of the Trust’s distributions in its initial year of operation may be characterized as return of capital. Shareholders who periodically receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net income or profits when they are not. Shareholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Trust is net income or profit.
The Trust may, but is not required to, seek to obtain exemptive relief to permit the Trust to make periodic distributions of long-term capital gains with respect to its Common Shares as frequently as monthly. Such relief, if obtained, would permit the Trust to implement a “managed distribution policy” pursuant to which the Trust would distribute a fixed percentage of the net asset value (or market price if then applicable) of the Common Shares at a particular point in time or a fixed monthly amount, any of which may be adjusted from time to time. It is anticipated that under such a distribution policy, the minimum annual distribution rate with respect to the Common Shares would be independent of the Trust’s performance during any particular period but would be expected to correlate with the Trust’s performance over time.
63 |
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Shareholders.
Under the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, a Common Shareholder whose Common Shares are registered in his or her own name will have all distributions reinvested automatically by DST Systems, Inc., which is agent under the Plan (the “Plan Agent”), unless the Common Shareholder elects to receive cash.
Distributions with respect to Common Shares registered in the name of a broker-dealer or other nominee (that is, in “street name”) will be reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Plan, unless the broker or nominee does not participate in the Plan or the Common Shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash. Investors who own Common Shares registered in street name should consult their broker-dealers for details regarding reinvestment. All distributions to investors who do not participate in the Plan will be paid by check mailed directly to the record holder by DST Systems, Inc., as dividend disbursing agent. A participant in the Plan who wishes to opt out of the Plan and elect to receive distributions in cash should contact DST Systems, Inc. in writing at the address specified below or by calling the telephone number specified below.
Under the Plan, whenever the market price of the Common Shares is equal to or exceeds net asset value at the time Common Shares are valued for purposes of determining the number of Common Shares equivalent to the cash dividend or capital gains distribution, participants in the Plan are issued new Common Shares from the Trust, valued at the greater of (i) the net asset value as most recently determined or (ii) 95% of the then-current market price of the Common Shares. The valuation date is the dividend or distribution payment date or, if that date is not a NYSE trading day, the next preceding trading day. If the net asset value of the Common Shares at the time of valuation exceeds the market price of the Common Shares, the Plan Agent will buy the Common Shares for the Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts, except that the Plan Agent will endeavor to terminate purchases in the open market and cause the Trust to issue Common Shares at the greater of net asset value or 95% of market value if, following the commencement of such purchases, the market value of the Common Shares exceeds net asset value. If the Trust should declare a distribution or capital gains distribution payable only in cash, the Plan Agent will buy the Common Shares for the Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts. There is no charge from the Trust for reinvestment of dividends or distributions in Common Shares pursuant to the Plan; however, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open-market purchases.
The Plan Agent maintains all shareholder accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmations of all transactions in the account, including information needed by shareholders for personal and tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form in the name of the participant.
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees, which hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, and participate in the Plan, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the Common Shareholder as representing the total amount registered in the shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
Participants that request a sale of shares through the Plan Agent are subject to a $ sales fee and a $ per share fee. Per share fees include any applicable brokerage commissions the Plan Agent is required to pay.
The automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions will not relieve participants of any income tax that may be payable or required to be withheld on such dividends or distributions.
Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, the Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate its Plan as applied to any voluntary cash payments made and any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to the members of such Plan at least 90 days before the record date for such dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by the Plan Agent on at least 90 days’ prior written notice to the participants in such Plan. All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent, , Attention: .
64 |
Description of capital structure
The Trust is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, dated as of April 4, 2017. The following is a brief description of the terms of the Common Shares, Indebtedness and Preferred Shares which may be issued by the Trust. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Trust’s Governing Documents.
COMMON SHARES
Pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, the Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share. Each Common Share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable. All Common Shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.
Any additional offerings of Common Shares will require approval by the Board of Trustees. Any additional offering of Common Shares will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing Common Shareholders or with the consent of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
The Trust’s Common Shares are expected to be listed on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “XFLT.”
The Trust’s net asset value per Common Share generally increases and decreases based on the market value of the Trust’s securities. Net asset value per Common Share will be reduced immediately following the offering of Common Shares by the amount of the sales load and offering expenses paid by the Trust. See “Use of Proceeds.”
The Trust will not issue certificates for Common Shares.
INDEBTEDNESS
The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees may authorize the borrowing of money by the Trust, without the approval of the holders of the Common Shares. The Trust may issue notes or other evidences of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting the Trust’s assets as security.
Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Trust would have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., the value of the Trust’s total assets less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by Indebtedness must be at least 300% of the principal amount represented by Indebtedness at the time of issuance). In addition, the Trust generally is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on the Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration and after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution, the Trust maintains asset coverage of 300%. However, the foregoing restriction does not apply with respect to certain types of Indebtedness of the Trust, including a line of credit or other privately arranged borrowings from a financial institution. If the Trust utilizes Indebtedness, the Trust intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of any outstanding Indebtedness to the extent necessary to maintain the required asset coverage. The Trust may also utilize Indebtedness in excess of such limit for temporary purposes such as the settlement of transactions.
The terms of any such Indebtedness may require the Trust to pay a fee to maintain a line of credit, such as a commitment fee, or to maintain minimum average balances with a lender. Any such requirements would increase the cost of such Indebtedness over the stated interest rate. Such lenders would have the right to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such Indebtedness, which right will be senior to those of the Common Shareholders. Any such Indebtedness may contain provisions limiting certain activities of the Trust, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances. Any Indebtedness will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future Indebtedness of the Trust. If the Trust utilizes Indebtedness, the Common Shareholders will bear the offering costs of the issuance of any Indebtedness.
Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Trust to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Trust also may subject the Trust to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such
65 |
Indebtedness. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies.
The 1940 Act grants to the lenders to the Trust, under certain circumstances, certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees.
See “Use of Leverage—Indebtedness.”
PREFERRED SHARES
The Trust’s Governing Documents provide that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the holders of the Common Shares.
Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Any such Preferred Share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Any Preferred Shares issued by the Trust would have special voting rights and a liquidation preference over the Common Shares. Issuance of Preferred Shares would constitute leverage and would entail special risks to the Common Shareholders.
Under the 1940 Act, the Trust may not issue Preferred Shares unless, immediately after such issuance, it has an “asset coverage” of at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the value of the Trust’s total assets). For these purposes, “asset coverage” means the ratio of (i) total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by “senior securities” to (ii) the amount of “senior securities representing indebtedness” plus the “involuntary liquidation preference” of the Preferred Shares. “Senior security” generally means any bond, note, or similar security evidencing indebtedness and any class of shares having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends. “Senior security representing indebtedness” means any “senior security” other than equity shares. The “involuntary liquidation preference” of the Preferred Shares is the amount that holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to receive in the event of an involuntary liquidation of the Trust in preference to the Common Shares.
In addition, the Trust is not permitted to declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in Common Shares), or to declare any other distribution on the Common Shares, or to purchase any Common Shares, unless the Preferred Shares have at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or other distribution, or at the time of any such purchase of Common Shares, an asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Trust intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary to maintain asset coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%.
If Preferred Shares are outstanding, two of the Trust’s Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees of the Trust will be elected by Common Shareholders and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event the Trust failed to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Trust.
The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the 1940 Act.
The Trust has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares, although it may do so in the future. See “Use of Leverage—Preferred Shares.”
Limited term and eligible tender offer
The Trust will terminate on or before the Termination Date of December 31, 2029; provided, that if the Board of Trustees believes that under then-current market conditions it is in the best interests of the Trust to do so, the Trust may extend the Termination Date (i) once for up to one year (i.e., up to December 31, 2030), and (ii) once for up to an additional six months (i.e., up to June 30, 2031), in each case upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board
66 |
of Trustees and without a shareholder vote. In addition, as of a date within twelve months preceding the Termination Date, the Board of Trustees may cause the Trust to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer, which is a tender offer by the Trust to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Trust at a price equal to the net asset value per Common Share on the expiration date of the tender offer. Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer, the Board of Trustees may eliminate the Termination Date and convert the Trust to a perpetual trust upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and without a shareholder vote.
The Trust’s investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase Common Shares in this offering their initial investment of $10.00 per Common Share on the Termination Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer, and such investors and investors that purchase Common Shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination or in an Eligible Tender Offer.
LIQUIDATION OF THE TRUST
Upon its termination, the Trust will distribute substantially all of its net assets to shareholders, after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities, whether due or accrued or anticipated, of the Trust, as may be determined by the Board Trustees. Beginning one year before the Termination Date (the “wind-down period”), the Trust may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Trust’s portfolio, and may deviate from its investment strategy. As a result, the Trust’s distributions during the wind-down period may decrease, and such distributions may include a return of capital. It is expected that shareholders will receive cash in any liquidating distribution from the Trust, regardless of their participation in the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. However, if on the Termination Date the Trust owns securities for which no market exists or securities trading at depressed prices, such securities may be placed in a liquidating trust. Shareholders generally will realize capital gain or loss upon the termination of the Trust in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash or other property received by the shareholder (including any property deemed received by reason of its being placed in a liquidating trust) and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of the Trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
If the Board of Trustees believes that under then-current market conditions it is in the best interests of the Trust to do so, the Trust may extend the Termination Date (i) once for up to one year (i.e., up to December 31, 2030), and (ii) once for up to an additional six months (i.e. up to June 30, 2031), in each case upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and without a shareholder vote. In determining whether to extend the Termination Date, the Board of Trustees may consider the inability to sell the Trust’s assets in a time frame consistent with termination due to lack of market liquidity or other extenuating circumstances. Additionally, the Board of Trustees may determine that market conditions are such that it is reasonable to believe that, with an extension, the Trust’s remaining assets will appreciate and generate income in an amount that, in the aggregate, is meaningful relative to the cost and expense of continuing the operation of the Trust.
ELIGIBLE TENDER OFFER
The Board of Trustees may cause the Trust to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. An Eligible Tender Offer would consist of a tender offer to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Trust at a price equal to the net asset value per Common Share on the expiration date of the tender offer, which shall be as of a date within twelve months preceding the Termination Date. The terms of an Eligible Tender Offer will include a condition pursuant to which in the event that the number of Common Shares properly tendered in the Eligible Tender Offer exceeds the Termination Threshold, which will be a stated percentage of the outstanding Common Shares, with such percentage to be established at the time of such Eligible Tender Offer by the Board of Trustees representing the minimum threshold for the continued viability of the Trust, the Eligible Tender Offer will be terminated and no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer. Instead, the Trust will begin (or continue) liquidating its portfolio and proceed to terminate on or before the Termination Date.
If the number of properly tendered Common Shares is less than the Termination Threshold, all Common Shares properly tendered and not withdrawn will be purchased by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Tender Offer. See “Risks–Limited Term Risk.” Following such completion of the Eligible Tender Offer, the Board of Trustees may eliminate the Termination Date and convert the Trust to a perpetual trust upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and without a shareholder vote. In making a decision to eliminate the Termination Date and provide for the Trust’s perpetual existence, the Board of Trustees will take such actions with respect to the
67 |
continued operations of the Trust as it deems to be in the best interests of the Trust, based on market conditions at such time, the extent of Common Shareholder participation in the Eligible Tender Offer and all other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Trustees in consultation with the Adviser and Sub-Adviser.
An Eligible Tender Offer would be made, and Common Shareholders would be notified thereof, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Exchange Act and the applicable tender offer rules thereunder. The repurchase of tendered Common Shares by the Trust in a tender offer would be a taxable event to Common Shareholders. The Adviser will pay all costs and expenses associated with the making of an Eligible Tender Offer, other than brokerage and related transaction costs associated with disposition of portfolio investments in connection with the Eligible Tender Offer, which will be borne by the Trust, and its shareholders.
An Eligible Tender Offer may be commenced upon approval of a majority of the Trustees, without a shareholder vote. The Trust is not required to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. If no Eligible Tender Offer is conducted, the Trust will liquidate on or before the Termination Date (subject to extension as described above), unless the limited term provisions of the Declaration of Trust are amended with the vote of shareholders, as described below.
AMENDMENT OF LIMITED TERM PROVISIONS
Other than with respect to (i) an extension of the Termination Date by the Board of Trustees for a period of up to one year and an additional period of up to six months, as described above, or (ii) the elimination of the Termination Date by the Board of Trustees following an Eligible Tender Offer, any extension or modification of the Termination Date requires an amendment to the limited term provisions of the Declaration of Trust of the Trust, which must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case the affirmative vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required.
Anti-takeover provisions in the Trust’s Governing Documents
The Trust presently has provisions in its Governing Documents which could have the effect of limiting, in each case, (i) the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust, (ii) the Trust’s freedom to engage in certain transactions or (iii) the ability of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or shareholders to amend the Governing Documents or effectuate changes in the Trust’s management. These provisions of the Governing Documents of the Trust may be regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. The Board of Trustees is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of Trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. A Trustee may be removed from office by the action of 80% of the remaining Trustees or a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective Trustee.
The Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust.
The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:
· | the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder; |
· | the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan); |
68 |
· | the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or |
· | the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period. |
At any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Termination Date or (ii) the date of an amendment to the limited term provisions of the Declaration of Trust that causes the Trust to have perpetual existence, the Trust may be liquidated only upon approval of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees. At any time after the date of an amendment to Section to the limited term provisions of the Declaration of Trust that causes the Trust to have perpetual existence, the Trust may be dissolved only upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such liquidation has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required.
For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required. A “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
The Board of Trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the Board and shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions. See “Additional Information.”
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
Closed-end management investment companies (“closed-end funds”) differ from open-end management investment companies (commonly referred to as “mutual funds”) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the shareholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities redeemable at net asset value at the option of the shareholder and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Mutual funds are subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management, whereas closed-end funds generally can stay more fully invested in securities consistent with the closed-end fund’s investment objective and policies. In addition, in comparison to open-end funds, closed-end funds have greater flexibility in their ability to make certain types of investments, including investments in illiquid securities.
However, shares of closed-end funds listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases trade at a premium. The market price may be affected by trading volume of the shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the closed-end fund. The foregoing factors may result in the market price of the Common Shares being greater than, less than or equal to net asset value. The Board of Trustees has reviewed the structure of the Trust in light of its investment objective and policies and has determined that the closed-end structure is in the best interests of the shareholders. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end management investment company.
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
The Board of Trustees will review periodically the trading range and activity of the Trust’s shares with respect to its net asset value and the Board of Trustees may take certain actions to seek to reduce or eliminate any such discount. Such actions may include open market repurchases or tender offers for the Common Shares at net asset value. There
69 |
can be no assurance that the Board of Trustees will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in the Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to net asset value per Common Share.
CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND
To convert the Trust to an open-end management investment company, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such action has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the 1940 Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end management investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, conversion of the Trust to an open-end management investment company could not occur until 90 days after the shareholders’ meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days’ prior notice to all shareholders.
In the event of conversion, the Common Shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange or market system. If the Trust were converted to an open-end management investment company, it is likely that new Common Shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. Shareholders of an open-end management investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. In the event of conversion, the Trust would expect to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but would intend to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors could incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash.
The Board of Trustees has reviewed the structure of the Trust in light of its investment objective and policies and has determined that the closed-end structure is in the best interests of the shareholders. Any conversion to an open-end management investment company would require material changes to the Trust’s investment strategy, including with respect to the use of leverage and investment in illiquid securities, which may adversely impact the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end management investment company.
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the Trust and U.S. Common Shareholders (as defined below) that acquire Common Shares and that hold such Common Shares as capital assets (generally, for investment). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury Regulations, judicial authorities, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the Trust or to all categories of investors (for example, non-U.S. investors), some of which may be subject to special tax rules. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below. This summary of U.S. federal income tax consequences is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of Common Shares, as well as the effects of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.
For purposes of this summary, the term “U.S. Common Shareholder” means a beneficial owner of shares of the Trust that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is one of the following:
1. | an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; |
2. | a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created in or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
3. | an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
70 |
4. | a trust (x) if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
If a partnership (including any other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that hold shares should consult their tax advisors.
TAXATION OF THE TRUST
The Trust intends to elect to be treated, and to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Trust must, among other things, meet certain income, asset diversification and distribution requirements:
(i) | The Trust must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the following sources: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (a) above. |
(ii) | The Trust must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Trust’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, including receivables, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Trust’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). |
As long as the Trust qualifies as a RIC, the Trust generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Trust distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of (i) the Trust’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) the Trust’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions) (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”). The Trust intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Trust will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.
The Trust will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). If any such gain is retained, the Trust will be subject to a corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on such retained amount. In that event, the Trust expects to report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income net of the tax deemed paid by such Common Shareholder under clause (ii).
71 |
The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Trust to the extent the Trust does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Trust’s fiscal year) (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Trust will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
If for any taxable year the Trust does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Such dividends, however, would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of non-corporate U.S. Common Shareholders and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as corporations, in each case provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met. The Trust could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.
TAXATION OF THE TRUST’S INVESTMENTS
Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Trust intends to structure and monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a RIC (which may adversely affect the net after-tax return to the Trust).
If the Trust acquires shares in a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), the Trust may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Trust to Common Shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Trust in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If the Trust invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Trust will be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to the Trust. The Trust’s ability to make this election will depend on factors beyond the Trust’s control. Alternatively, the Trust can elect to mark to market at the end of each taxable year the Trust’s shares in a PFIC; in this case, the Trust will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it does not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, the Trust may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of the Trust’s distributions from PFICs and the Trust’s proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax.
If the Trust holds more than 10% of the shares in a foreign corporation that is treated as a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”), the Trust may be treated as receiving a deemed distribution (taxable as ordinary income) each year from such foreign corporation in an amount equal to the Trust’s pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the taxable year (including both ordinary earnings and capital gains), whether or not the corporation makes an actual
72 |
distribution during such year. In general, a foreign corporation will be classified as a CFC if more than 50% of the shares of the corporation, measured by reference to combined voting power or value, is owned (directly, indirectly or by attribution) by U.S. Stockholders. A U.S. Stockholder, for this purpose, is any U.S. person that possesses (actually or constructively) 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of a corporation. If the Trust is treated as receiving a deemed distribution from a CFC, the Trust will be required to include such distribution in its investment company taxable income regardless of whether the Trust receives any actual distributions from such CFC, and the Trust must distribute such income to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.
Although the Code generally provides that income inclusions from a QEF and subpart F income from CFCs will be “good income” for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement to the extent it is distributed to a RIC in the year it is included in the RIC’s income, the Code does not specifically provide whether income inclusions from a QEF and subpart F income for which no distribution is received during the RIC’s taxable year would be “good income” for the 90% gross income requirement. The IRS has issued a series of private rulings in which it has concluded that all income inclusions from a QEF and subpart F income included in a RIC’s income would constitute “good income” for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement. The Department of the Treasury, however, has recently proposed regulations that would treat such income as not being “good income” for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement. In its explanation accompanying the recently proposed regulations, the Department of the Treasury takes the position that, notwithstanding prior private letter rulings to the contrary, the current language of the Code would treat such income as not being “good income” for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement even in the absence of the proposed regulations. Accordingly, such income may not be treated as “good income” if the recently proposed regulations are finalized or if the Department of the Treasury’s interpretation of current law applies. In such a case, the Trust may fail to qualify as a RIC if it realizes a material amount of such income.
TAXATION OF U.S. COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
Distributions
Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its net capital gains, which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, if any, that the Trust properly reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Trust (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.
In the case of corporate U.S. Common Shareholders, ordinary income dividends paid by the Trust generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Trust’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period requirements are satisfied by both the Trust and the corporate U.S. Common Shareholders. In the case of individuals, any such ordinary income dividend that you receive from the Trust generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Trust, (ii) the Trust satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses. In general, you may include as qualified dividend income only that portion of the dividends that may be and are so reported by the Trust as qualified dividend income. Dividend income from PFICs and, in general, dividend income from real estate investment trusts is not eligible for the reduced rate for qualified dividend income and is taxed as ordinary income. Due to the nature of the Trust’s investments, the Trust does not expect that a significant portion of its distributions will be eligible for the dividends received deduction or for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income.
Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares. The amount of any Trust distribution that is treated as a return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain, or reducing your potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.
73 |
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even if they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Trust. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the U.S. Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
The Trust will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Trust.
Sale of Common Shares
The sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income, while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at reduced maximum rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
Medicare tax
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Trust and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Trust shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceed certain threshold amounts.
Backup withholding
The Trust may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Trust (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its U.S. Common Shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust, its U.S. Common Shareholders and Non-U.S. Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.
74 |
The underwriters named below (the “Underwriters”), acting through , as their representatives (together with the lead managers, the “Representatives”), have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement with the Trust, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (the “Underwriting Agreement”), to purchase from the Trust the number of Common Shares set forth opposite their respective names. The Underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all such Common Shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased.
Underwriter |
Number of
Common Shares |
|||
Total |
If an Underwriter fails to purchase the Common Shares it has agreed to purchase, the Underwriting Agreement provides that one or more substitute underwriters may be found, the purchase commitments of the remaining Underwriters may be increased or the Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.
The Trust has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional Common Shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial offering price. The Underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments incurred in the sale of the Common Shares offered hereby. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment, subject to certain conditions, to purchase an additional number of Common Shares proportionate to such Underwriter’s initial commitment.
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Common Shares included in this offering are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and certain other conditions.
The Trust has agreed to pay a commission to the Underwriters in the amount of $0.20 per Common Share (2.00% of the public offering price per Common Share). The Representatives have advised the Trust that the Underwriters may pay up to $ per Common Share from such commission to selected dealers who sell the Common Shares and that such dealers may reallow a concession of up to $ per Common Share to certain other dealers who sell Common Shares.
The Adviser (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay, from its own assets additional compensation of $0.10 per Common Share (1.00% of the public offering price per Common Share) to the Underwriters in connection with this offering.
Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchased on or before , 2017.
The Adviser has agreed to (i) pay all organizational expenses of the Trust and (ii) pay or reimburse offering expenses of the Trust (other than sales load but including reimbursement of distribution assistance payments to FDCC described below) that exceed $0.02 per Common Share. Assuming the Trust issues 7,000,000 Common Shares ($70,000,000), the Trust’s offering costs are estimated to be $940,000. The Trust, and therefore Common Shareholders, will bear $140,000 or approximately $0.02 per Common Share of offering expenses, and the Adviser will bear any offering expenses above that amount. Organizational expenses and offering expenses in excess of $0.02 borne by the Adviser are not subject to recoupment from the Trust.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public or private market for the Common Shares or any other securities of the Trust. Consequently, the offering price for the Common Shares was determined by negotiation among the Trust and the Representatives. There can be no assurance, however, that the price at which the Common Shares sell after this offering will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the Underwriters or that an active trading market in the Common Shares will develop and continue after this offering. The Trust’s Common Shares are expected to be listed on the NYSE under the trading or “ticker” symbol “XFLT,” subject to notice of issuance.
75 |
In connection with the requirements for listing the Common Shares on the NYSE, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more Common Shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in the United States. The minimum investment requirement is 500 Common Shares.
The Trust, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser have each agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters for or to contribute to the losses arising out of certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities, except in the cases of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of applicable obligations and duties.
The Trust has agreed not to offer, sell or register with the SEC any additional equity securities of the Trust, other than issuances (1) of Common Shares hereby, (2) of preferred shares or (3) pursuant to the Trust’s Divided Reinvestment Plan, for a period of 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement without the prior written consent of the Representatives.
In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell Common Shares in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions created in connection with this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Shares and syndicate short positions involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of Common Shares than they are required to purchase from the Trust in this offering. The Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the Common Shares sold in this offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such Common Shares are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Shares, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open market; and these activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise.
In connection with the offering, certain of the Underwriters or selected dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.
The Trust anticipates that from time to time certain of the Underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Trust’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be Underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are Underwriters. Certain Underwriters have performed investment banking and advisory services for the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and their respective affiliates from time to time, for which they have received customary fees and expenses. Certain Underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and their respective affiliates in the ordinary course of business.
ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION TO BE PAID BY THE ADVISER
The Adviser (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, additional compensation of $0.10 per Common Share (1.00% of the public offering price per Common Share) to the Underwriters in connection with this offering.
Separately, the Adviser (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay to each of and from its own assets, a fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Trust as well as for services related to the sale and distribution of the Trust’s Common Shares in the amount of $ and $ , respectively. If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to and will not exceed % and %, respectively, of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
The Adviser (and not the Trust) also may pay certain qualifying underwriters, including those named above, above a structuring fee, additional compensation or a sales incentive fee in connection with the offering. The total amount of these payments paid to any qualifying underwriters will not exceed 1.5% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
Pursuant to a closed-end fund distribution services agreement among the Adviser, FDCC, a registered broker-dealer, and Vision 4 Fund Distributors, LLC, an affiliate of FDCC (“Vision”), FDCC will provide the Adviser with certain distribution support services in connection with the offering. Distribution support services provided by FDCC include making its registered representatives available to aid in the distribution of the Common Shares and generally providing sales services with respect to the Common Shares; developing and coordinating a targeted “road show”
76 |
with respect to the offering; assisting in the customization of marketing materials for use by, and presentations to the sales networks at, broker-dealers that distribute the Common Shares; assisting in the review of materials made available to prospective investors and broker-dealers; assisting in scheduling and marketing national, informational conference calls in targeted broker-dealer channels for the offering; organizing and hosting meetings with key financial advisers, closed-end fund wholesalers, analysts, service providers and ratings and information organizations that cover closed-end funds; replying to requests for information from broker-dealers or prospective investors concerning the Common Shares, the offering or the Trust; assisting in the drafting of press releases in connection with the offering; providing the sales support and marketing services typical for an offering of the Common Shares; and providing such other services as the parties may mutually agree from time to time. The Adviser has agreed to pay FDCC a fee equal to 0.90% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering (inclusive of the over-allotment option), as payment for providing such services, and to reimburse reasonable out of pocket expenses related to the Trust’s roadshow. To the extent the Trust has not otherwise paid offering expenses that exceed $0.02 per Common Share, the Trust will reimburse the Adviser for such payments to or reimbursements of FDCC, up to an amount which will not cause offering expenses borne by the Trust to exceed $0.02 per Common Shares. If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the aggregate fee paid to FDCC will not exceed % of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering. Neither FDCC nor Vision will not purchase or resell as principal or agent any Common Shares in connection with the offering.
The sum of all compensation to the Underwriters in connection with this public offering of Common Shares, including the sales load, the structuring and sales incentive fees and all forms of additional payments to the Underwriters, the fees and expenses paid to FDCC for distribution assistance (whether or not reimbursed by the Trust), and the amounts paid by the Trust to reimburse certain underwriters and certain other expenses, will not exceed 9.00% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
Custodian, transfer agent, and administrator
CUSTODIAN
U.S. Bank N.A. serves as the custodian of the Trust’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian is required to hold the Trust’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Trust, plus certain charges for securities transactions. U.S. Bank N.A. is located at 1555 N. River Center Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212.
TRANSFER AGENT
DST Systems, Inc. serves as the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent, agent under the Trust’s Plan, transfer agent and registrar with respect to the Common Shares of the Trust. DST Systems, Inc. is located at .
ADMINISTRATOR
ALPS Fund Services Inc. serves as the administrator of the Trust. Pursuant to an administration, bookkeeping and pricing services agreement, the administrator provides certain administrative services to the Trust. ALPS Fund Services Inc. receives a fee equal to 0.08% for the first $250 million in assets, 0.06% for assets greater than $250 million and up to $501 million, 0.04% for assets greater than $501 million and up to $1 billion and 0.03% for assets greater than $1 billion, subject to a minimum fee of $200,000 in the first year of the Trust’s operations, and $225,000 in subsequent years. ALPS Fund Services Inc. is located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203.
Certain legal matters will be passed on for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Chicago, Illinois, in connection with the offering of the Common Shares. Certain legal matters will be passed on or the Underwriters by , .
77 |
Independent registered public accounting firm
KPMG LLP, 200 E. Randolph Drive, Chicago, IL 60601, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust. The independent registered public accounting firm is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Trust.
Fiscal year end and reports to shareholders
The Trust’s fiscal year end is September 30.
As soon as practicable after the end of each calendar year, the Trust will furnish to Common Shareholders a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the sources of the distributions paid by the Trust to Common Shareholders for tax purposes.
In addition, the Trust will prepare and transmit to Common Shareholders a semi-annual report and annual report within 60 days after the close of the period for which the report is being made, or as otherwise required by the 1940 Act.
This prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Trust with the SEC under the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act. This prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Trust and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).
78 |
Privacy principles of the Trust
The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Trust may share information with select other parties.
Generally, the Trust does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Trust. The Trust does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).
The Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Adviser and its delegates and affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.
79 |
Table of contents of the Statement of Additional Information
80 |
Subject to Completion, dated July 18, 2017
The information in this statement of additional information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
XAI OCTAGON FLOATING RATE ALTERNATIVE INCOME TERM TRUST
__________________________
Statement of Additional Information
XAI Octagon Floating Rate Alternative Income Term Trust (the “Trust”) is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”) are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “XFLT.”
The Trust’s investment objective is to seek attractive total return with an emphasis on income generation across multiple stages of the credit cycle. There can be no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objective, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Trust dated , 2017. Investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing common shares of the Trust. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained, without charge, by calling the Trust at (888) 903-3358.
The prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed, or inspected at the SEC’s office or via its website (www.sec.gov) at no charge. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
This Statement of Additional Information is dated , 2017.
The Trust is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company organized as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Trust’s investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the prospectus. The Trust may make the following investments, among others, some of which are part of its principal investment strategies and some of which are not. The principal risks of the Trust’s principal investment strategies are discussed in the prospectus. The Trust may not buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described.
Convertible Securities
A convertible security is a preferred stock, warrant or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other security of the same or a different issuer or into cash within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities generally have characteristics similar to both fixed income and equity securities. The value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates rise and, because of the conversion feature, tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the securities in to which they would convert. Convertible securities ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stock of the same or similar issuers. Convertible securities generally rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable non-convertible securities. Convertible securities generally do not participate directly in any dividend increases or decreases of the underlying securities although the market prices of convertible securities may be affected by any dividend changes or other changes in the underlying securities.
The market value of a convertible security generally is a function of its “investment value” and its “conversion value.” A security’s “investment value” represents the value of the security without its conversion feature (i.e., a comparable nonconvertible fixed-income security). The investment value is determined by, among other things, reference to its credit quality and the current value of its yield to maturity or probable call date. At any given time, investment value is dependent upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar nonconvertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer and the seniority of the security in the issuer’s capital structure. A security’s “conversion value” is determined by multiplying the number of shares the holder is entitled to receive upon conversion or exchange by the current price of the underlying security. If the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly below its investment value, the convertible security will trade like nonconvertible debt or a preferred security in the sense that its market value will not be influenced greatly by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security into which it can be converted. Instead, the convertible security’s price will tend to move in the opposite direction from interest rates. Conversely, if the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly above its investment value, the market value of the convertible security will be more heavily influenced by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying stock. In that case, the convertible security’s price may be as volatile as that of the common stock. Because both interest rate and market movements can influence its value, a convertible security is not generally as sensitive to interest rates as a similar fixed-income security, nor is it generally as sensitive to changes in share price as its underlying stock.
The Trust’s investments in convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid — that is, the Trust may not be able to dispose of such securities in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in losses to the Trust. The Trust’s investments in convertible securities may at times include securities that have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities (of the same or a different issuer) at a specified date and a specified conversion ratio, or that are convertible at the option of the issuer. For issues where the conversion of the security is not at the option of the holder, the Trust may be required to convert the security into the underlying common stock even at times when the value of the underlying common stock or other equity security has declined substantially.
S- 2 |
Zero Coupon Securities
The Trust may invest in zero dividend preferred securities and zero coupon bonds. These are instruments that typically do not pay interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligation. When held to its redemption or maturity, a holder receives the par value (or the accreted value) of the zero (rate) coupon security, which generates a return equal to the difference between the purchase price and its redemption or maturity value. A zero dividend preferred security or a zero coupon security is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. This original issue discount (“OID”) approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound prior to its redemption or maturity. Because these securities and other OID instruments do not pay cash dividends or interest at regular intervals, the instruments’ ongoing accruals require ongoing judgments concerning the collectability of stated par value of the instrument at its redemption or maturity, as well as the value of any associated collateral. As a result, these securities may be subject to greater value fluctuations and less liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparably rated securities that pay cash on a current basis. Because zero dividend preferred securities and zero coupon bonds, and OID instruments generally, allow an issuer to delay the need to generate cash to meet current dividend or interest payments (unless there is a prescribed accumulated funding of the payment), they may involve greater payment and credit risk than dividend or coupon securities that pay dividends or interest currently or in cash. In order to maintain its status as a regulated investment company (“RIC”), the Trust generally will be required to distribute dividends to shareholders representing the income of these instruments as it accrues, even though the Trust will not receive all of the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Trust may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, and use the cash proceeds to make income distributions to its shareholders. For accounting purposes, these cash distributions to shareholders will not treated as a return of capital.
Exchange-Traded Notes
Exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”) are a type of senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt security issued by financial institutions that combines both aspects of bonds and ETFs. An ETN’s returns are based on the performance of a market index minus fees and expenses. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return linked to the performance of the market index to which the ETN is linked minus certain fees. Unlike regular bonds, ETNs do not make periodic interest payments and principal is not protected. ETNs are subject to credit risk and the value of an ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged. The value of an ETN may also be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating, and economic, legal, political, or geographic events that affect the referenced underlying asset. When the Trust invests in ETNs it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. The Trust’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN.
ETNs are also subject to tax risk. No assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will accept, or a court will uphold, how the Trust characterizes and treats ETN investments for tax purposes. Further, the IRS and Congress have considered proposals that would change the timing and character of income and gains from ETNs.
An ETN that is tied to a specific market benchmark or strategy may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of securities, commodities or other components in the applicable market benchmark or strategy. Some ETNs that use leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid and, thus, they may be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Leveraged ETNs are subject to the same risk as other instruments that use leverage in any form.
The market value of ETN shares may differ from their market benchmark or strategy. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETN shares at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the securities, commodities or other components
S- 3 |
underlying the market benchmark or strategy that the ETN seeks to track. As a result, there may be times when an ETN share trades at a premium or discount to its market benchmark or strategy.
Commercial Paper
Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies. The rate of return on commercial paper may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.
When Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities And Forward Commitments
The Trust may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities. The Trust may enter into transactions on a “when issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring (i.e., a when, as and if issued security). When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While it will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Trust may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. Securities purchased under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and generally no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Trust prior to the settlement date.
Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may expose the Trust to counterparty risk of default as well as the risk that securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their actual delivery. The Trust generally will not accrue income with respect to a when-issued or delayed delivery security prior to its stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the price or yield available in the market when the delivery takes place may not be as favorable as that obtained in the transaction itself.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
In reverse repurchase agreement transactions, the Trust sells portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers and agrees to repurchase them at a particular date and price. The Trust may utilize reverse repurchase agreements when it is anticipated that the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the transaction. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Trust, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Trust. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the reverse repurchase transaction, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Trust compared with what the performance would have been without the use of reverse repurchase transactions.
With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, the Trust’s Managed Assets shall include any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Trust to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the underlying asset as of the relevant measuring date. With respect to leverage incurred through investments in reverse repurchase agreements and economically similar transactions, the Trust intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. As a result of such segregation, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and the Trust’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements and economically similar transactions will not be limited by the 1940 Act.
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and expenses associated with the repurchase agreement, that the market value of the securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price at which the Trust is obligated to repurchase such securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Trust. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed. In connection with reverse repurchase agreements, the Trust
S- 4 |
will also be subject to counterparty risk with respect to the purchaser of the securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Trust sells securities becomes insolvent, the Trust’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted.
Depositary Receipts
The Trust’s investments in non-U.S. issuers may include investment in depositary receipts, including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). U.S. dollar-denominated ADRs, which are traded in the United States on exchanges in off exchange markets, are issued by domestic banks. ADRs represent the right to receive securities of foreign issuers deposited in a domestic bank or a correspondent bank. ADRs do not eliminate all the risk inherent in investing in the securities of foreign issuers. However, by investing in ADRs rather than directly in foreign issuers’ stock, the Trust can avoid currency risks during the settlement period for either purchases or sales. In general, there is a large, liquid market in the United States for many ADRs. The information available for ADRs is subject to the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards of the domestic market or exchange on which they are traded, which standards are more uniform and more exacting than those to which many foreign issuers may be subject. The Trust also may invest in EDRs, GDRs, and in other similar instruments representing securities of foreign companies. EDRs and GDRs are securities that are typically issued by foreign banks or foreign trust companies, although U.S. banks or U.S. trust companies may issue them. EDRs and GDRs are structured similarly to the arrangements of ADRs. EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets and are not necessarily denominated in the currency of the underlying security.
Certain depositary receipts, typically those denominated as unsponsored, require the holders thereof to bear most of the costs of the facilities while issuers of sponsored facilities normally pay more of the costs thereof. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited securities or to pass through the voting rights to facility holders in respect to the deposited securities, whereas the depository of a sponsored facility typically distributes shareholder communications and passes through voting rights.
Preferred Securities
Preferred securities are generally equity securities of the issuer that have priority over the issuer’s common shares as to the payment of dividends (i.e., the issuer cannot pay dividends on its common shares until the dividends on the preferred shares are current) and as to the payout of proceeds of bankruptcy or other liquidation, but are subordinate to an issuer’s senior debt and junior debt as to both types of payments. Additionally, in a bankruptcy or other liquidation, preferred securities are generally subordinate to an issuer’s trade creditors and other general obligations.
Preferred securities pay a dividend, typically contingent both upon declaration by the issuer’s board and on the existence of current earnings (or retained earnings) in sufficient amount to source the payment. Preferred securities typically have no ordinary right to vote for the board of directors, except in some cases voting rights may arise if the issuer fails to pay the preferred share dividends. Preferred securities may be perpetual or have a term and typically have a fixed liquidation (or “par”) value.
Hybrid-preferred securities often behave as investments similarly to traditional preferred securities and are regarded by investors as being part of the preferred securities market. Hybrid-preferred securities possess varying combinations of features of both debt and preferred shares, and they may constitute senior debt, junior debt or preferred shares in an issuer’s capital structure. As such, hybrid-preferred securities may not be subordinate to a company’s debt securities (as are traditional preferred securities). Given the various debt and equity characteristics of hybrid-preferred securities, whether a hybrid-preferred security is classified as debt or equity for purposes of reporting the Trust’s portfolio holdings may be based on the portfolio managers’ determination as to whether its debt or preferred features are preponderant, or based on the assessment of an independent data provider. Such determinations may be subjective.
Dividend or interest payments on preferred securities may be cumulative or non-cumulative and often can be skipped or deferred, without limitation. The dividend rates on “preferred securities” may be fixed or floating, or convert from fixed to floating at a specified future time. Floating-rate and fixed-to-floating-rate preferred securities
S- 5 |
may be traditional preferred or hybrid-preferred securities. Floating-rate preferred securities pay a rate of income that resets periodically based on short- and/or longer-term interest rate benchmarks. If the associated interest rate benchmark rises, the return offered by the floating-rate security may rise as well, making such securities less price-sensitive to rising interest rates (or yields). Similarly, a fixed-to-floating-rate security may be less price-sensitive to rising interest rates (or yields), because the period over which the rate of payment is fixed is shorter than the maturity term of the security, after which period a floating rate of payment applies.
Loans of Portfolio Securities
To increase income, the Trust may, consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions if (i) the loan is collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and (ii) no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Trust’s total assets. If the borrower fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the loan automatically terminates and the Trust could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over the value of the collateral. As with any extension of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. There can be no assurance that borrowers will not fail financially. On termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Trust, and any gain or loss in the market price during the term of the loan would inure to the Trust. If the other party to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Trust is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Trust’s ability to sell the collateral and the Trust would suffer a loss.
The Trust operates under the following restrictions that constitute fundamental policies that, except as otherwise noted, cannot be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust voting together as a single class, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action. These restrictions provide that the Trust shall not:
(1) | Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Trust from the provisions of the 1940 Act. |
(2) | Borrow money, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Trust from the provisions of the 1940 Act. |
(3) | Act as underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Trust may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities. |
(4) | Invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers in any one industry, provided, however, that such limitation shall not apply to (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) securities issued by state and municipal governments or their political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities (other than those securities backed only by the assets and revenues of non-governmental users with respect to which the Trust will not invest 25% or more of the value of the Trust’s total assets in securities backed by the same source of revenue), and (iii) securities issued by other investment companies, which shall not constitute any industry. |
S- 6 |
(5) | Purchase or sell real estate, except that the Trust may (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use, (ii) invest in instruments of issuers that deal in real estate or are engaged in the real estate business, including real estate investment trusts, (iii) invest in instruments secured by real estate or interests therein, (iv) hold and sell real estate or mortgages on real estate acquired through default, liquidation, or other distributions of an interest in real estate as a result of the Trust’s ownership of such instruments. |
(6) | Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments except to the extent that interests in instruments the Trust may invest in are considered to be interests in commodities and this shall not prevent the Trust from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts, swaps, or other derivative instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities. |
(7) | Make loans except, (i) to the extent that instruments in which the Trust may invest are considered to be loans, (ii) through the loan of portfolio securities in accordance with the Trust’s investment policies, or (iii) by engaging in repurchase agreement transactions or as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Trust from the provisions of the 1940 Act. |
(8) | With respect to 75% of the value of the Trust’s total assets, purchase any securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities), if as a result more than 5% of the Trust’s total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer or if as a result the Trust would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer. |
With respect to investment restriction (1) and (2) above, Section 18(c) of the 1940 Act generally limits a registered closed-end investment company to issuing one class of senior securities representing indebtedness and one class of senior securities representing stock, except that the class of indebtedness or stock may be issued in one or more series, and promissory notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in consideration of any loan, extension, or renewal thereof, made by a bank or other person and privately arranged, and not intended to be publicly distributed, are not deemed a separate class of senior securities.
With respect to investment restriction (2) above, Section 18(a) of the 1940 Act generally prohibits a registered closed-end fund from incurring borrowings if, immediately thereafter, the aggregate amount of its borrowings exceeds 33 1/3% of its total assets.
With respect to investment restriction (4) above, the Sub-Adviser will, on behalf of the Trust, make reasonable determinations as to the appropriate industry classification to assign to each instrument in which the Trust invests, generally using industry classifications such as those provided by MSCI and Standard & Poor’s (The Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS)), Bloomberg, Barclays or similar sources commonly used in the financial industry. The definition of what constitutes a particular “industry” is an evolving one, particularly for industries or sectors within industries that are new or are undergoing rapid development. Some securities could reasonably fall within more than one industry category. The Trust’s industry concentration policy does not preclude it from focusing investments in issuers in a broad economic sectors. In connection with investments in other investment companies, the Trust will consider the concentration of the underlying investments by such investment companies when determining the Trust’s compliance with investment restriction (4) above.
With respect to investment restriction (7) above, Section 21 of the 1940 Act makes it unlawful for a registered investment company, like the Trust, to lend money or other property if (i) the investment company’s policies set forth in its registration statement do not permit such a loan or (ii) the borrower controls or is under common control with the investment company.
All other investment policies of the Trust set forth in the prospectus and this SAI are not considered fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without any vote of shareholders.
S- 7 |
Board of Trustees
Overall responsibility for management and supervision of the Trust rests with the Board of Trustees (the “Board” or “Board of Trustees”). The Board of Trustees approves all significant agreements between the Trust and the companies that furnish the Trust with services, including agreements with the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser.
Trustees serve until their successors have been duly elected. Following is a list of the names, business addresses, dates of birth, present positions with the Trust, length of time served with the Trust, principal occupations during the past five years and other directorships held by each Trustee.
S- 8 |
* | Mr. Brombach is an interested person of the Trust because of his position as an officer of the Adviser and certain of its affiliates. |
(1) | The business address of each Trustee of the Trust is 321 North Clark Street, Suite 2430, Chicago, Illinois 60654, unless otherwise noted. |
(2) | After a Trustee’s initial term, each Trustee is expected to serve a three year term concurrent with the class of Trustees for which he serves. |
· | Mr. Brombach and Ms. Cupps, as Class I Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust’s initial annual meeting of shareholders. |
· | Mr. Dingens and Mr. Franklin, as Class II Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust’s second annual meeting of shareholders. |
· | Mr. Jones, as the Class III Trustee, is expected to stand for re-election at the Trust’s third annual meeting of shareholders. |
(3) | As of the date of this SAI, the Trust is the only fund in the Fund Complex. |
Trustee Qualifications
The Trustees were selected to serve on the Board based upon their skills, experience, judgment, analytical ability, diligence, ability to work effectively with other Trustees, availability and commitment to attend meetings and perform the responsibilities of a Trustee and a willingness to take an independent and questioning view of management.
The following is a summary of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each Trustee that support the conclusion, as of the date of this SAI, that each Trustee should serve as a Trustee in light of the Trust’s business and structure. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees do not constitute the holding out of any Trustee as being an expert under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Theodore J. Brombach . Mr. Brombach has served as a Trustee of the Trust since its inception in 2017. Through his over 30 years of investment experience in the financial industry, including as Co-Chief Executive Officer of XAI, founding partner of XMS Capital Partners, LLC, and Co-Head of Midwest Investment Banking at Morgan Stanley, Mr. Brombach is experienced in financial, regulatory and investment matters.
Danielle Cupps . Ms. Cupps has served as a Trustee of the Trust since its inception in 2017. Through her experience as a Managing Director at BLG Capital Advisors a family office managing a global portfolio of alternative assets, in various roles, including Director of Corporate and Strategic Development and Chief of Staff in the Office of the Chief Financial Officer, at Boeing Company, Vice President at Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC, a private equity firm, and Associate in the private equity funds group at Goldman, Sachs & Co., Ms. Cupps is experienced in financial, regulatory and investment matters.
Gregory G. Dingens . Mr. Dingens has served as a Trustee of the Trust since its inception in 2017. Through his over 25 years of investment management experience, including as Executive Vice President of Monroe Financial Partners, Inc., Member of Siena Capital Partners, a private investment fund, director of Qwickrate LLC, and Managing Director at both Lehman Brothers and Merrill Lynch, Mr. Dingens is experienced in financial, regulatory and investment matters.
Philip G. Franklin . Mr. Franklin has served as a Trustee of the Trust since its inception in 2017. Through his experience as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Littelfuse, Inc. and Chief Financial
S- 9 |
Officer and Vice President at OmniQuip International, Mr. Franklin is experienced in financial, accounting and regulatory matters.
Scott Craven Jones . Mr. Jones has served as a Trustee of the Trust since its inception in 2017. Through his experience as a director at Carne Global Financial Services (US) LLC, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Aurora Investment Management LLC, Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Calamos Asset Management, Inc., Managing Director at Northern Trust Global Investments, and in various roles at Nuveen Investments, Mr. Jones is experienced in financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Executive Officers
The following information relates to the executive officers of the Trust who are not Trustees.
Name, Business
|
Position |
Term
of Office
(
2)
|
Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years |
John “Yogi” Spence Year of Birth: 1962 |
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | Officer since 2017 | Current: Co-Chief Executive Officer, XAI (2016-present); Co-Founding Partner, XMS Capital Partners, LLC (2006-present). |
John P. McGarrity Year of Birth: 1961 |
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary | Officer since 2017 |
Current: Managing Director and General Counsel, XAI (2016-present). Former: Managing Director and General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and AML Officer, River Branch Holdings LLC and River Branch Capital LLC (now Piper Jaffray) (2011-2015); Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, The Warranty Group (2009-2011); Executive Vice President, Head of Product Development, Man Investments (2004-2009). |
Kimberly Ann Flynn Year of Birth: 1977 |
Vice President | Officer since 2017 |
Current: Managing Director of XAI (2016-present). Former: Senior Vice President, Head of Product Development (2013-2016), Vice President (2009-2013), Assistant Vice President (2004-2007) and Associate (2004-2007), Nuveen Investments. |
Theodore J. Uhl Year of Birth: 1974 |
Chief Compliance Officer | Officer since 2017 |
Current: Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer, ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (2006-present); Chief Compliance Officer, Financial Investors Trust (2010-present), Centre Funds (2013-present), Reality Shares ETF Trust (2014-present), Reaves Utility Income Fund (2015-present), Boulder Growth & Income Fund, Inc. (2015-present), Index Funds (2016-present), and Elevation ETF Trust (2016-present). Former: Internal Audit Manager/Senior Risk Manager, ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (2006-2010). |
(1) | The business address of each officer of the Trust is 321 North Clark Street, Suite 2430, Chicago, Illinois 60654, unless otherwise noted. |
(2) | Officers serve at the pleasure of the Board and until his or her successor is appointed and qualified or until his or her resignation or removal. |
Mr. Uhl serves as Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust pursuant to a Chief Compliance Officer Services Agreement, between the Trust and ALPS Fund Services Inc. The Trust pays ALPS Fund Services Inc. an annual fee, payable monthly, and reimburses of out-of-pocket expenses. Notwithstanding the Chief Compliance Officer Services Agreement the designation of the Chief Compliance Officer must be approved by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, and such Chief Compliance Officer may be removed from his responsibilities by action of (and only with the approval of) the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees.
Board Leadership Structure
The primary responsibility of the Board of Trustees is to represent the interests of the Trust and to provide oversight of the management of the Trust. The Trust’s day-to-day operations are managed by the Adviser and other service providers who have been approved by the Board. The Board is currently comprised of five Trustees, four of whom (including the chairperson) are classified under the 1940 Act as “non-interested” persons of the Trust (“Independent Trustees”) and one of whom is classified as an interested person of the Trust (“Interested Trustee”).
S- 10 |
Generally, the Board acts by majority vote of all the Trustees, including a majority vote of the Independent Trustees if required by applicable law.
The Board has appointed an independent chairperson, Gregory G. Dingens, who presides at Board meetings and who is responsible for, among other things, setting the tone of Board meetings and seeking to encourage open dialogue and independent inquiry among the trustees and management. The Board meets regularly four times each year to discuss and consider matters concerning the Trust, and also holds special meetings to address matters arising between regular meetings. Regular meetings generally take place in-person; other meetings may take place in-person or by telephone. The Board has established two standing committees (as described below) and has delegated certain responsibilities to those committees, each of which is comprised solely of Independent Trustees. The Board and its committees will meet periodically throughout the year to oversee the Trust’s activities, review contractual arrangements with service providers, review the Trust’s financial statements, oversee compliance with regulatory requirements, and review performance. The Independent Trustees are represented by independent legal counsel at Board and committee meetings and regularly meet outside the presence of Trust management. The Board has determined that this leadership structure, including an independent chairperson, a supermajority of Independent Trustees and committee membership limited to Independent Trustees, is appropriate in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust.
Board Committees
Audit Committee . Ms. Cupps and Messrs. Dingens, Franklin and Jones, who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Trust’s Audit Committee. Mr. Jones serves as chairperson of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is generally responsible for reviewing and evaluating issues related to the accounting and financial reporting policies and internal controls of the Trust and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Trust’s financial statements and the audit thereof and acting as a liaison between the Board of Trustees and the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm.
Governance Committee . Ms. Cupps and Messrs. Dingens, Franklin and Jones, who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Trust’s Governance Committee. Mr. Franklin serves as chairperson of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee is responsible for recommending qualified candidates to the Board of Trustees in the event that a position is vacated or created. In considering trustee nominee candidates, the Governance Committee takes into account a wide variety of factors, including the overall diversity of the Board’s composition. The Governance Committee believes the Board generally benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy in this regard. The Governance Committee would consider recommendations by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Such recommendations should be forwarded to the Secretary of the Trust. The Trust does not have a standing compensation committee.
Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
Consistent with its responsibility for oversight of the Trust, the Board, among other things, oversees risk directly and through the committee structure it has established. The Board has established the Audit Committee and the Governance Committee to assist in its oversight functions, including its oversight of the risks the Trust faces. Each committee will report its activities to the Board on a regular basis.
The Board has adopted, and will periodically review, policies, procedures and controls designed to address different types of risks, including, among others, investment risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, and valuation risk, as well as the overall business risk relating to the Trust. Under the Board’s supervision, the Trust, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and other service providers to the Trust also have implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address various risks. In addition, as part of the Board’s periodic review of the Trust’s investment advisory agreement, sub-advisory agreement and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of the service providers’ operations and the functions for which they are responsible.
The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”). The CCO oversees the development of compliance policies and procedures of the Trust that are reasonably designed to minimize the risk of violations of
S- 11 |
the federal securities laws (“compliance policies”). The CCO reports directly to the Independent Trustees, and will provide presentations to the Board at its quarterly meetings and an annual report on the application of the compliance policies. The Board will discuss relevant risks affecting the Trust with the CCO at these meetings. The Board has approved the compliance policies and will review the CCO’s reports. Further, the Board will annually review the effectiveness of the compliance policies, as well as the appointment and compensation of the CCO.
The Board will require officers of the Trust to report to the Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board and its committees, as applicable, including matters relating to risk management. The Audit Committee will also receive reports from the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm on internal control and financial reporting matters. In addition, the Board will receive reports from the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser on the investments and securities trading of the Trust. The Board will also require the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser to report to the Board on other matters relating to risk management on a regular and as-needed basis.
Remuneration of Trustees and Officers
Each Trustee who is not an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser or its affiliates receives as compensation for his services to the Trust an annual retainer and meeting fees. The chairperson of the Board, if any, and the chairperson of each committee of the Board also receive fees for their services. The annual retainer and fees for service as chairperson of Board and committees of the Board are allocated among the Trust and certain other funds in the Trust Complex. Officers who are employed by the Adviser receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Trust.
Because the Trust is newly-organized and has not yet completed a full fiscal year of operations, the table below shows the estimated compensation that is contemplated to be paid to Trustees assuming a full fiscal year of operations of the Trust.
Name (1) |
Aggregate
Estimated Compensation from the Trust |
Pension
or Retirement
Benefits Accrued as Part of Trust Expenses (2) |
Estimated
Annual
Benefits Upon Retirement (2) |
Total
Compensation
from the Trust and Fund Complex (3) Paid to Trustee (4) |
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES: | ||||
Danielle Cupps | $36,000 | None | None | $36,000 |
Gregory G. Dingens | $46,000 | None | None | $46,000 |
Philip G. Franklin | $41,000 | None | None | $41,000 |
Scott Craven Jones | $41,000 | None | None | $41,000 |
(1) | Trustees not entitled to compensation are not included in the table. |
(2) | Reflects total compensation assuming a full fiscal year of operations for the Trust. |
(3) | As of the date of this SAI, the Trust is the only fund in the Fund Complex. |
(4) | The Trust does not accrue or pay retirement or pension benefits to Trustees as of the date of this SAI. |
Trustee Share Ownership
As of December 31, 2016, the most recently completed calendar year prior to the date of this Statement of Additional Information, each Trustee of the Trust beneficially owned equity securities of the Trust and all of the registered investment companies in the family of investment companies overseen by the Trustee in the dollar range amounts specified below.
Name |
Dollar
Range of
Equity Securities in the Trust (1) |
Aggregate
Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies (2) |
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES: | ||
Danielle Cupps | None | None |
Gregory G. Dingens | None | None |
Philip G. Franklin | None | None |
Scott Craven Jones | None | None |
INTERESTED TRUSTEE: | ||
Theodore J. Brombach | None | None |
S- 12 |
(1) | The Trustees could not own shares in the Trust as of December 31, 2016 because the Trust had not yet begun investment operations as of that date. |
(2) | As of the date of this SAI, the Trust is the only fund in the Family of Investment Companies. |
Indemnification of Officers and Trustees; Limitations on Liability
The governing documents of the Trust provide that the Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers and may indemnify its employees or agents against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their positions with the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, nothing in the governing documents of the Trust protects or indemnifies a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject in the event of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her position.
Adviser
XA Investments LLC acts as investment adviser to the Trust and is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s overall investment strategy and its implementation, including the use of leverage by the Trust. XAI is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act and acts as investment adviser to certain other management investment companies. XAI is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 321 North Clark Street, Suite 2430, Chicago, Illinois 60654. The Adviser is controlled by Theodore J. Brombach, Co-Chief Executive Officer of XAI and a founding partner of XMS Capital Partners, LLC, and John “Yogi” Spence, Co-Chief Executive Officer of XAI and a founding partner of XMS Capital Partners, LLC.
XAI was founded by the principals of XMS Capital Partners, LLC in April 2016. The XAI leadership team believes that the investing public needs better access to a broader range of alternative investment strategies and managers. XAI sponsors registered investment companies designed to provide investors with access to institutional caliber alternative investments, by partnering with established alternative asset managers selected from among numerous alternative credit managers, hedge fund managers and private debt and equity firms to sub-adviser XAI funds.
The Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Trust, will furnish offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Trust, will oversee the activities of the Sub-Adviser, will provide personnel, including certain officers required for the Trust’s administrative management, and will pay the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Trust who are its affiliates.
Sub-Adviser
Octagon Credit Investors, LLC acts as investment sub-adviser to the Trust and is responsible for investing the Trust’s assets. The Sub-Adviser is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act. The Sub-Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 250 Park Avenue, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10177. Octagon Credit Investors, LLC is majority-owned by Conning & Company, which is an indirect subsidiary of Cathay Financial Holding Co., Ltd., a Taiwan-based company.
The Sub-Adviser, under the direction and supervision of the Board of Trustees and the Adviser, will be responsible for the management of the Trust’s investment portfolio and will provide certain facilities and personnel related to such management.
Investment Advisory Agreement
Under the terms of the Trust’s investment advisory agreement, the Adviser is responsible for the management of the Trust; furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Trust; oversees the activities of the Sub-Adviser and other service providers to the Trust; provides personnel, including certain officers required for the Trust’s administrative management; and pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Trust who are its affiliates.
S- 13 |
The Trust’s investment advisory agreement will remain in effect until , 2019, and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the investment advisory agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Trust’s investment advisory agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto or by a vote of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding shares, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
The Trust’s investment advisory agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust.
Sub-Advisory Agreement
Under the terms of the Trust’s investment sub-advisory agreement, the Sub-Adviser manages the investment portfolio of the Trust in accordance with its stated investment objective and policies, makes investment decisions for the Trust, places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Trust, all subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees and the Adviser.
The Trust’s investment sub-advisory agreement will remain in effect until , 2019, and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the investment sub-advisory agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Trust’s investment sub-advisory agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto, by the Board of Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding shares, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
The Trust’s investment sub-advisory agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Sub-Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust.
Portfolio Managers
The personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Trust’s portfolio are Andrew D. Gordon, Michael B. Nechamkin, Lauren M. Basmadjian and Gretchen M. Lam.
Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers . The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the Trust for which the portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of June 30, 2017.
Name of
Portfolio Manager |
Number
of Other Accounts
|
Number
of Other Accounts for
|
||||
Other
|
Other
|
Other
|
Other
|
Other
Pooled
|
Other
|
|
Andrew D. Gordon | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
Michael B. Nechamkin | 0 | 8 | 3 | 0 | 3 | 0 |
Lauren M. Basmadjian | 0 | 12 | 4 | 0 | 10 | 0 |
Gretchen M. Lam | 0 | 10 | 7 | 0 | 10 | 1 |
S- 14 |
Name of
Portfolio Manager |
Assets of Other Accounts by Account Type |
Assets
of Other Accounts for Which
|
||||
Other
|
Other
|
Other
|
Other
|
Other
Pooled
|
Other
|
|
Andrew D. Gordon | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Michael B. Nechamkin | $0 | $2,769,852,227 | $2,192,483,643 | $0 | $2,062,874,850 | $0 |
Lauren M. Basmadjian | $0 | $6,655,903,001 | $384,764,752 | $0 | $5,887,335,240 | $0 |
Gretchen M. Lam | $0 | $3,709,884,716 | $288,934,863 | $0 | $3,709,884,716 | $50,320,835 |
Potential Conflicts of Interest . In addition to the Trust, the Sub-Adviser manages CLOs, separate accounts and private funds, which may follow similar, complementary or competing investment objectives, policies or strategies. Side-by-side management gives rise to a variety of potential and actual conflicts of interest for Octagon and its employees and affiliates, including, as discussed below, the incentive to favor certain accounts with performance-based fees or accounts that generate multiple levels of fees (i.e., when fee earning clients invest in Octagon managed CLOs), accounts with respect to which Octagon receives or retains relatively higher fees, or accounts in which Octagon and its related persons have a pecuniary interest. Octagon and its affiliates, as well as their respective personnel, including persons who serve on Octagon’s investment committees, act as portfolio manager to various clients or are otherwise in a position to influence Octagon’s management, may invest in funds or may take interests in a fund’s general partner and thus participate in the performance fees or “carried interest” paid to the general partner by that fund. Octagon also acts as sub-adviser to its affiliate for certain mandates. Accordingly, Octagon, its affiliate, and their respective personnel, including persons involved in the management of one or more clients, may have differing pecuniary interests with respect to different clients. These persons may have an incentive to favor those clients in which they have greater pecuniary interests, including any CLOs in which Octagon or a majority-owned affiliate is required to hold retention interests pursuant to risk retention regulations.
The Sub-Adviser may have an incentive to allocate investment opportunities based on pecuniary interest. For certain accounts under management, Octagon and its related persons may: (1) be entitled to a performance fee; and (2) directly or indirectly maintain investments in one or more funds or accounts. Octagon and certain of its personnel are also eligible to receive performance-based compensation in their capacity as the investment manager, general partner or managing member of certain clients. Accordingly, Octagon and its personnel face a conflict of interest when considering how to allocate investment opportunities among accounts having different fee structures or pecuniary interests. Through its trade allocation policies and procedures and Code of Ethics, Octagon seeks to promote fair and equitable treatment of accounts, over time, based on considerations that are unrelated to pecuniary interests, which mitigate any actual or potential conflict of interest that may exist with respect to, for example, Octagon’s allocation of time, resources and investment opportunities to the clients that have performance-based compensation arrangements over those clients that: (1) do not have performance-based compensation arrangements or, if applicable, (2) are not expected to pay performance-based compensation (e.g., with respect to a CLO, when a specified internal rate of return has not been, or is not expected to be, achieved).
Portfolio Manager Compensation . Octagon investment professionals receive a fixed base salary and annual discretionary bonus, each determined by the Compensation Committee, which is a committee of the Board of Managers of the Sub-Adviser. The fixed base salary is reviewed periodically and is intended to reflect a base compensation that is competitive with base salaries provided by similar investment adviser firms in the industry. The discretionary bonus is determined taking into account the overall performance and profitability of the Sub-Adviser, and an individual’s contributions and achievement of objectives linked to their function, including both quantitative performance, and qualitative factors. Portions of the discretionary bonus are paid on a deferred basis over several years. In addition, certain members of senior management, including the portfolio managers, own interests in the Sub-Adviser, and therefore participate in the long-term growth and performance of the firm.
Securities Ownership of the Portfolio Managers . Because the Trust is newly-organized, none of the portfolio managers own shares of the Trust.
Investor Support Services and Secondary Market Support Services Agreement
Pursuant to an investor support services and secondary market support services agreement, the Adviser provides investor support services and secondary market support services in connection with the ongoing operation of the Trust. Such services include responding to questions about the Trust from financial intermediaries; assisting in drafting and editing mailings to financial intermediaries; distributing mailings to financial intermediaries; scheduling, organizing and preparing conference calls, meetings and other communications with financial intermediaries; communicating with the NYSE specialist for the Common Shares, and with the closed-end fund analyst community regarding the Trust on a periodic basis; assisting in producing communications targeted to current Trust shareholders and the investment community generally (excluding marketing materials targeted to prospective investors or prepared for use in an offering of Common Shares); assisting in the formatting, development and maintenance of the Trust’s website; assisting with administrative matters (including in connection with the preparation of press releases, shareholder reports and regulatory filings) with respect to the Trust. In exchange for such services, the Trust will pay the Adviser a service fee, payable monthly in arrears, in an annual amount equal to 0.20% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.
The investor support services and secondary market support services agreement will remain in effect until , 2019, and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the investment advisory agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The investor support services and secondary market support services agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto or by a vote of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding shares, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Trust’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
The investor support services and secondary market support services agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust.
Subject to policies established by the Board of Trustees, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and the allocation of brokerage on behalf of the Trust.
S- 15 |
The Sub-Adviser will employ a variety of criteria in selecting brokers to execute trades for the account of the Trust, and will, at all times, seek best execution of such trades. The Sub-Adviser is responsible for selecting the broker or dealer used in each investment transaction for the Trust. When a transaction is effected on an exchange, the Sub-Adviser seeks to use brokers whose commissions it considers to be fair and reasonable without necessarily determining that the lowest possible commissions are paid in all circumstances. The Sub-Adviser also considers the relative creditworthiness of counterparties, including brokers and dealers, when choosing a broker or dealer as counterparty in respect of investment transactions.
The Sub-Adviser does not currently utilize “soft-dollar” arrangements, pursuant to which brokers provide research services to the Sub-Adviser in return for allocating brokerage transactions. However, the Sub-Adviser may from time to time receive or be offered research services from brokers at no stated cost or requirement to execute transactions, and may trade with such brokers.
This section and the discussion in the Prospectus (see “Tax Matters”) provide a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the Trust, U.S. Common Shareholders (as defined in the Prospectus) and Non-U.S. Common Shareholders (as defined below) that hold Common Shares of the Trust as capital assets (generally, for investment). The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury Regulations, judicial authorities, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the Trust or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of Common Shares, as well as the effects of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.
Taxation of the Trust
The Trust intends to elect to be treated, and to qualify each year, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Trust must, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Trust’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Trust’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (i)(a) above.
As long as the Trust qualifies as a RIC, the Trust generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Trust distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of (i) the Trust’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) the Trust’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions) (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”). The Trust intends to distribute
S- 16 |
substantially all of such income each year. The Trust will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.
The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Trust to the extent the Trust does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Trust’s taxable year) (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Trust will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
If for any taxable year the Trust does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain, which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. As described below, such dividends, however, would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate Common Shareholders, subject, in each case, to certain holding period and other requirements. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Trust would generally be required to distribute to its Common Shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. If the Trust fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Trust may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to elect to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.
Taxation of the Trust’s Investments
Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules) that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Trust intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a RIC. Additionally, the Trust may be required to limit its activities in derivative instruments in order to enable the Trust to maintain its RIC status.
If the Trust acquires shares in a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), the Trust may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Trust to Common Shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Trust in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If the Trust invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Trust will be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to the Trust. Alternatively, the Trust can elect to mark to market at the end of each taxable year the Trust’s shares in a PFIC; in
S- 17 |
this case, the Trust will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it does not exceed prior increases included in income. The Trust’s ability to make either election will depend on factors beyond the Trust’s control. Under either election, the Trust may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of the Trust’s distributions from PFICs and the Trust’s proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax.
If the Trust holds more than 10% of the shares in a foreign corporation that is treated as a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”), the Trust may be treated as receiving a deemed distribution (taxable as ordinary income) each year from such foreign corporation in an amount equal to the Trust’s pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the taxable year (including both ordinary earnings and capital gains), whether or not the corporation makes an actual distribution during such year. In general, a foreign corporation will be classified as a CFC if more than 50% of the shares of the corporation, measured by reference to combined voting power or value, is owned (directly, indirectly or by attribution) by U.S. Stockholders. A U.S. Stockholder, for this purpose, is any U.S. person that possesses (actually or constructively) 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of a corporation. If the Trust is treated as receiving a deemed distribution from a CFC, the Trust will be required to include such distribution in its investment company taxable income regardless of whether the Trust receives any actual distributions from such CFC, and the Trust must distribute such income to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.
Although the Code generally provides that income inclusions from a QEF and subpart F income from CFCs will be “good income” for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement to the extent it is distributed to a RIC in the year it is included in the RIC’s income, the Code does not specifically provide whether income inclusions from a QEF and subpart F income for which no distribution is received during the RIC’s taxable year would be “good income” for the 90% gross income requirement. The IRS has issued a series of private rulings in which it has concluded that all income inclusions from a QEF and subpart F income included in a RIC’s income would constitute “good income” for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement. The Department of the Treasury, however, has recently proposed regulations that would treat such income as not being “good income” for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement. In its explanation accompanying the recently proposed regulations, the Department of the Treasury takes the position that, notwithstanding prior private letter rulings to the contrary, the current language of the Code would treat such income as not being “good income” for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement even in the absence of the proposed regulations. Accordingly, such income may not be treated as “good income” if the recently proposed regulations are finalized or if the Department of the Treasury’s interpretation of current law applies. In such a case, the Trust may fail to qualify as a RIC if it realizes a material amount of such income.
Certain types of income received by the Trust from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Trust to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Common Shareholders such excess inclusion income will (i) constitute taxable income, as “unrelated business taxable income” (“UBTI”) for those Common Shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities, (ii) not be offset against net operating losses for tax purposes, (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for Non-U.S. Common Shareholders even from tax treaty countries and (iv) cause the Trust to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Code (which includes charitable remainder trusts), are Common Shareholders.
The Trust may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade securities, commonly known as “junk” securities. Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for the Trust. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Trust may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt instruments in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Trust, to the extent necessary, in order to seek to ensure that the Trust distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
Certain credit securities acquired by the Trust may be treated as credit securities that were originally issued at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in
S- 18 |
taxable income (and, to the extent allocable to the Trust, is required to be distributed by the Trust in order to qualify as a RIC or avoid the 4% excise tax) over the term of the security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt instrument matures. If the Trust purchases a debt instrument on a secondary market at a price lower than its adjusted issue price, the excess of the adjusted issue price over the purchase price is “market discount.” Unless the Trust makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, generally, any gain realized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt instrument having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on the debt instrument. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments.
The Trust may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by the Trust, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Trust, requiring the Trust to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs under the Code.
Gain or loss on the sales of securities by the Trust will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Trust for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
Because the Trust may invest in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. The Trust will not be eligible to elect to “pass through” to Common Shareholders of the Trust the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit allocable to it for foreign taxes paid by the Trust with respect to qualifying taxes.
Income from options on individual stocks written by the Trust will not be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Trust’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise or is otherwise subject to a closing transaction, the premiums received by the Trust from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If an option written by the Trust is exercised, the Trust may recognize gain depending on the exercise price of the option, the option premium, and the fair market value of the security underlying the option. The character of any gain on the sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Trust in the underlying security. In general, distributions received by U.S. Common Shareholders of the Trust that are attributable to short-term capital gains recognized by the Trust from option writing activities of the Trust will be taxed to such U.S. Common Shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.
Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Trust will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Trust to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Trust may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements. “Mark-to-market” losses may be suspended or otherwise limited if such losses are part of a straddle or similar transaction.
Taxation of U.S. Common Shareholders
The Trust will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Trust will be subject to a corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on such retained amount. In that event, the Trust expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against
S- 19 |
its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income net of the tax deemed paid by such Common Shareholder under clause (ii).
Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its net capital gains, if any, that the Trust properly reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Trust (including dividends from net short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. Special rules apply, however, to ordinary income dividends paid to individuals. For corporate taxpayers, both ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends are taxed at a maximum rate of 35%. Capital gain dividends are not eligible for the dividends received deduction.
Properly reported ordinary income dividends received by corporate holders of Common Shares generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Trust’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied by both the Trust and the corporate U.S. Common Shareholders. In the case of U.S. Common Shareholders who are individuals, any ordinary income dividends that you receive from the Trust generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Trust, (ii) the Trust satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. In addition, for dividends to be eligible for the dividends received deduction or for reduced rates applicable to individuals, the Trust cannot have an option to sell or be under a contractual obligation to sell (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) substantially identical stock or securities. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules is not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses.
Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares (assuming the Common Shares are held as a capital asset). The amount of any Trust distribution that is treated as a return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.
U.S. Common Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital losses. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, Common Shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional Shares of the Trust. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the U.S. Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Trust’s taxable year may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Trust (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.
The price of Common Shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing Common Shares just prior to a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents in part a return of invested capital.
The Trust will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Trust.
S- 20 |
Ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends also may be subject to state, local or foreign taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
The sale or other disposition of Common Shares will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
Adjusted cost basis information for covered securities, which generally include shares of a RIC, must be reported to the IRS and to taxpayers. Common Shareholders should contact their financial intermediaries with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for their accounts.
Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at reduced maximum rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Trust and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Trust shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Taxation of Non-U.S. Common Shareholders
The following discussion only applies to Non-U.S. Common Shareholders. A “Non-U.S. Common Shareholder” is a holder, other than a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes), that is not a U.S. Common Shareholder for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. Common Shareholder will depend upon that Non-U.S. Common Shareholder’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a Non-U.S. Common Shareholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. Common Shareholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our Common Shares.
A Non-U.S. Common Shareholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). In general, U.S. federal withholding tax and U.S. federal income tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a Non-U.S. Common Shareholder in respect of any distribution of net capital gain (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) or upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Trust. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met.
A Non U.S. Common Shareholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). In general, U.S. federal withholding tax and U.S. federal income tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a Non-U.S. Common Shareholder in respect of any distribution of net capital gain (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) or upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Trust. Different tax consequences may result if the Non-U.S. Common Shareholder is engaged in a trade or
S- 21 |
business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met.
Dividends properly reported by the Trust are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Trust’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Trust’s U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Trust is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Trust’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Trust’s net short-term capital gain over the Trust’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its circumstances, the Trust may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a Non-U.S. Common Shareholder needs to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of Common Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Trust reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-US Common Shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.
If the Trust distributes its net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. Common Shareholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the Non-U.S. Common Shareholder’s allocable share of the tax that the Trust pays on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. Common Shareholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. Common Shareholder is not otherwise required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. Common Shareholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of Common Shares that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, where an applicable treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States) may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable tax treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for certain Non-U.S. Common Shareholders.
In addition, withholding at a rate of 30% is required on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2018, gross proceeds from the sale of, Common Shares held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such interests or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments. Accordingly, the entity through which Common Shares are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2018, gross proceeds from the sale of, Common Shares held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exemptions will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to the Trust that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the Trust will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. The Trust will not pay any additional amounts to Common Shareholders in respect of any amounts withheld. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements. Common Shareholders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in Common Shares.
The Trust may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to certain non-exempt Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Trust (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.
S- 22 |
Failure to Qualify as a RIC
If the Trust is unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and relief is not available, the Trust would be subject to tax on all of its taxable income at regular corporate rates. The Trust would not be able to deduct distributions to Common Shareholders nor would the Trust be required to make distributions for tax purposes. Distributions would generally be taxable to Common Shareholders as ordinary dividend income eligible for reduced maximum rates for non-corporate Common Shareholders to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate U.S. Common Shareholders would be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Distributions in excess of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If the Trust were to fail to meet the RIC requirements for more than two consecutive years and then to seek to requalify as a RIC, the Trust would be required to recognize gain to the extent of any unrealized appreciation in the Trust’s assets unless the Trust made a special election to pay corporate level tax on any such unrealized appreciation recognized during the succeeding five year period.
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures and Proxy Voting Record
The Sub-Adviser will be responsible for voting proxies on securities held in the Trust’s portfolio. The Sub-Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures are included as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information.
Information on how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge, upon request, by calling (312) 262-6930 or by visiting the Trust’s website at www.xainvestments.com. This information is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Principal Shareholders
No person beneficially owns more than 5% of the voting securities of any class of equity securities of the Trust, except for the Adviser. Prior to the public offering of Common Shares, the Adviser purchased Common Shares from the Trust in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act. As of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, the Adviser owned 100% of the outstanding Common Shares. The Adviser may be deemed to control the Trust until such time as it owns less than 25% of the outstanding Common Shares, which is expected to occur as of the completion of the offering of Common Shares.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP, 200 E. Randolph Drive, Chicago, IL 60601, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust. The independent registered public accounting firm is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Trust.
The Trust’s audited financial statements appearing in this SAI and the report of KPMG thereon, will be included in this SAI in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
Codes of Ethics
The Trust, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser each have adopted its own code of ethics. The codes of ethics sets forth restrictions on the trading activities of trustees/directors, officers and employees of the Trust, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser and their affiliates, as applicable. The codes of ethics of the Trust, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are on file with the SEC and can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The codes of ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at
S- 23 |
www.sec.gov, and copies of the code of ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
Additional Information
This Statement of Additional Information constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Trust with the SEC under the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act. This Statement of Additional Information omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Trust and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).
S- 24 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
[TO COME BY FURTHER PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT]
FS- 1 |
[TO COME BY FURTHER PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT]
FS- 2 |
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS
Moody’s Investors Service Inc.
A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
Global Rating Scales
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments.
Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf) to all structured finance ratings. The addition of (sf) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspire to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.
Global Long-Term Rating Scale
Aaa | Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk. |
Aa | Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. |
A | Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. |
Baa | Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. |
Ba | Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk. |
B | Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk. |
Caa | Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk. |
Ca | Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest. |
C | Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest. |
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks,
A- 1 |
insurers, finance companies, and securities firms. By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.
Medium-Term Note Ratings
Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to medium-term note (MTN) programs and definitive ratings to the individual debt securities issued from them (referred to as drawdowns or notes).
MTN program ratings are intended to reflect the ratings likely to be assigned to drawdowns issued from the program with the specified priority of claim (e.g. senior or subordinated). To capture the contingent nature of a program rating, Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to MTN programs. A provisional rating is denoted by a (P) in front of the rating and is defined elsewhere in this document.
The rating assigned to a drawdown from a rated MTN or bank/deposit note program is definitive in nature, and may differ from the program rating if the drawdown is exposed to additional credit risks besides the issuer’s default, such as links to the defaults of other issuers, or has other structural features that warrant a different rating. In some circumstances, no rating may be assigned to a drawdown.
Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.
Global Short-Term Rating Scale
P-1 | Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations. |
P-2 | Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations. |
P-3 | Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations. |
NP | Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories. |
Standard & Poor’s
A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Standard & Poor’s) follows:
Issue Credit Ratings Definitions
A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to
A- 2 |
indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations:
· | Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation. |
· | Nature of and provisions of the obligation, and the promise we impute. |
· | Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights. |
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
AAA | An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong. |
AA | An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong. |
A | An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong. |
BBB | An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its |
financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB | An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. |
B | An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. |
CCC | An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the |
A- 3 |
obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC | An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but Standard & Poor’s expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default. |
C | An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher. |
D | An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer. |
Plus (+) or minus (-)
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR | This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy. |
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
A-1 | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong. |
A-2 | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory. |
A-3 | A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. |
B | A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments. |
C | A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. |
D | A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and |
A- 4 |
where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
SPUR (Standard & Poor’s Underlying Rating)
A SPUR rating is an opinion about the stand-alone capacity of an obligor to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. Standard & Poor’s maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.
Dual Ratings
Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or longterm transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’ or ‘A-1+/A-1’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).
Fitch Ratings
Long-Term Credit Ratings
Investment Grade
AAA: Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA: Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A: High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB: Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
Speculative Grade
BB: Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
B: Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
CCC: Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.
CC: Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.
C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Near default.
Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘RD’ or ’D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘B’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.
A- 5 |
The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. For example, the rating category “AA” has three notch-specific rating levels (‘AA+’; ‘AA’; ’AA-’; each a rating level). Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below ‘CCC.’
The subscript ‘emr’ is appended to a rating to denote embedded market risk that is beyond the scope of the rating. The designation is intended to make clear that the rating solely addresses the counterparty risk of the issuing bank. It is not meant to indicate any limitation in the analysis of the counterparty risk, which in all other respects follows published Fitch criteria for analyzing the issuing financial institution. Fitch does not rate these instruments where the principal is to any degree subject to market risk.
Recovery Ratings
Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations, most frequently for individual obligations of corporate issuers with Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs) in speculative grade categories.
Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.
The Recovery Rating scale is based upon the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral.
Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages and analytical judgement, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.
RR1: Outstanding recovery prospects given default. ’RR1’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91%-100% of current principal and related interest.
RR2: Superior recovery prospects given default. ’RR2’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71%-90% of current principal and related interest.
RR3: Good recovery prospects given default. ’RR3’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51%-70% of current principal and related interest.
RR4: Average recovery prospects given default. ’RR4’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31%-50% of current principal and related interest.
RR5: Below average recovery prospects given default. ’RR5’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11%-30% of current principal and related interest.
RR6: Poor recovery prospects given default. ’RR6’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0%-10% of current principal and related interest.
Short-Term Credit Ratings
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
F1: Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
A- 6 |
F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B: Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD: Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation
A- 7 |
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
OCTAGON CREDIT INVESTORS, LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICY
Scope
Octagon’s Proxy Voting Policy addresses procedures and policies related to Octagon’s voting of proxies in a manner consistent with Clients’ best interest.
This policy should be read in conjunction with the Account Administration Policy, Code of Ethics Overview, and Recordkeeping Policy. This policy applies to all Octagon “Covered Persons” which is defined to include all of the partners, owners, principals, directors, officers and employees of Octagon Credit Investors, LLC.
A. Overview of Applicable Law
A public company’s shareholders typically have the right to vote on various corporate issues. Clients typically delegate to Octagon the authority to vote proxies for Securities of companies held in their Accounts. Under the Advisers Act, Octagon has a duty of care and loyalty with respect to all services undertaken for Clients, including proxy voting.
Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires that Octagon must vote proxies in a manner consistent with Clients’ best interest and must not place its interests above those of its Clients when doing so. It requires Octagon to: (i) adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that Octagon votes proxies in the best interest of its Clients, and (ii) to disclose the Clients how they may obtain information on how Octagon voted. In addition, Rule 204-2 requires Octagon to keep records of proxy voting and Client requests for information.
B. Policies and Procedures Relating to Proxies
Due to the nature of Octagon’s business, it is very rare that Octagon will be asked to vote a proxy for a publicly traded equity security. In the event this does occur, the following policies and procedures will apply.
1. | Definitions. |
· | “Best Interest of the Client.” Octagon believes that this means the Clients’ best economic interests over the long-term – that is, the common interest that all Clients share in seeing the value of a common investment increase over time. |
· | “Material Conflicts of Interest”. Such conflicts are typically based on the specific facts and circumstances associated with the issues that are the subject of the proxy and Octagon’s and its employees’ business dealings with a particular proxy issuer or closely affiliated entity. A material conflict of interest may exist where, for example: (1) the company soliciting the proxy, or a person known to be an affiliate of such company, is known to be a Client of, or an investor in an Account managed, by Octagon; (2) the company soliciting the proxy, or a person known to be an affiliate of such company, to the knowledge of the individual(s) charged with voting the proxy, is being actively solicited to be a Client of Octagon (or an investor in an Octagon Account); (3) a Client or investor, or an interest group supported by Client or investor, actively supports a proxy proposal; or (4) Octagon or an employee has personal or other business relationships with participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for corporate directorships, or in any other matter coming before shareholders. |
B- 1 |
2. | Responsibilities of Investment Professionals to Monitor Issuers for Upcoming Shareholder Meetings. |
Octagon Investment Professionals (Principals / Associates) shall monitor all of the issuers that such individuals cover where Octagon Client Accounts hold equity of such issuers for any upcoming shareholder meetings. Octagon Investment Professionals shall provide notice of such upcoming shareholder meetings in advance of such shareholder meetings to the Investment Committee, Head of Collateral Settlement and the CCO.
3. | Receipt and Reconciliation of Proxies. |
All proxy materials received by Octagon for Octagon funds shall be forwarded to the CCO or his/her designee. The CCO shall record on a log the name of the company to which the proxy materials relate (the “Portfolio Company”), the date the proxy materials are received and the date by which the proxy needs to be voted.
The CCO shall compare the number of shares represented by the proxy materials to the number of shares owned by Octagon’s Clients. If the number of shares reflected in the proxy materials does not match the number of shares reported owned by Clients, the CCO will resolve any difference and ensure that all eligible shares can be voted.
Upon completion of the reconciliation process, the CCO shall forward the proxy materials to the Investment Committee for voting.
4. | Proxy Voting Process. |
The Investment Committee or its designee shall vote all proxies in the best interests of Octagon’s Clients pursuant to the goals of the Client’s investment strategy. The Investment Committee will follow the procedures set forth below in order to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Octagon’s Clients.
The Investment Committee shall vote proxies concerning: (1) the selection of directors, (2) the approval of financial results and (3) the retention of auditors in accordance with the proxy voting guidelines.
Prior to exercising voting authority on any other matter, the Investment Committee shall review the proxy materials and undertake a reasonable investigation to determine whether any of the matters to be voted on present a material conflict of interest between Octagon and the interests of its Clients.
Where the Investment Committee’s investigation determines that a material conflict of interest may exist, it shall take reasonable steps to ensure that the conflict does not influence the Investment Committee to vote a proxy in a manner that is not in the best interests of Octagon’s Clients. These steps may include, but are not limited to any one or a combination of the following:
• | Consult with Octagon’s Outside Counsel to determine how to vote in a manner that will be in the best interests of Octagon’s Clients; |
• | Erecting information barriers around conflicted Octagon personnel to ensure that they do not influence the voting decision. |
The Investment Committee shall make and maintain a record describing any steps taken to prevent a potential material conflict of interest from causing a proxy to be voted in a manner that is not in the best interest of Octagon’s Clients.
B- 2 |
Where the Investment Committee determines that no material conflict of interest exists, the matter shall be analyzed based on its specific facts and circumstances and the Investment Committee shall vote on the matter in the best interests of Octagon’s Clients.
The CCO shall maintain records disclosing the date all proxies were voted and how they were voted.
5. | Requests for Voting Information, Communications and Record-Keeping. |
If a Client requests information regarding how proxies were voted or a copy of Octagon’s proxy voting policy and procedures, the Head of Investor Relations shall provide the Client with the requested information. The Head of Investor Relations shall make and retain a copy of each request received together with a copy of the response provided, and he/she shall notify the CCO of such request.
Octagon will maintain all records relating to proxy voting as set forth in the Recordkeeping Policy.
Communications by Octagon with other shareholders during the course of a proxy solicitation may also be deemed to be a “solicitation” for purposes of the federal proxy rules, which contain requirements regarding the filing and distribution of proxy materials. In addition, such communications could cause Octagon to be considered part of a group for federal reporting purposes, potentially triggering a filing on Forms 13D or 13G. Compliance shall make any determination regarding the applicability of the federal proxy rules in the event such a situation arises.
C. Opposing Votes
Note that if more than one Account invests in the same portfolio company, and such Accounts have different investment objectives, Client-specific voting policies or ultimate economic interests, Octagon may cast opposing votes in a proxy vote.
Oversight
The CCO, Investment Committee, and members of the Compliance Committee, and other senior management as appropriate, shall supervise compliance by Covered Persons with this policy. The CCO shall assess the adequacy of this policy and the firm’s adherence to the procedures outlined herein, periodically.
B- 3 |
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 25. | Financial Statements And Exhibits |
(1) | Financial Statements |
Part A - None
Part B - Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(+)
Statement of Assets and Liabilities(+)
(2) | Exhibits |
(a) | (i) | Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant(1) | |
(ii) | Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant(*) | ||
(b) | By-Laws of Registrant(*) | ||
(c) | Not applicable | ||
(d) | Not applicable | ||
(e) | Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Registrant(+) | ||
(f) | Not applicable | ||
(g) | (i) | Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and XA Investments LLC (the “Adviser”)(+) | |
(ii) | Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, the Adviser and Octagon Credit Investors, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”)(+) | ||
(h) | (i) | Form of Underwriting Agreement(+) | |
(ii) | Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters(+) | ||
(iii) | Form of Master Selected Dealer Agreement(+) | ||
(iv) | Form of Closed-End Fund Distribution Services Agreement, among the Adviser, First Dominion Capital Corp. and Vision 4 Fund Distributors, LLC (+) | ||
(v) | Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with _______ (+) | ||
(vi) | Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with _______ (+) | ||
(i) | Not applicable | ||
(j) | (i) | Form of Custody Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bank N.A.(+) | |
(ii) | Form of Foreign Custody Manager Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Bank N.A.(+) | ||
(k) | (i) | Form of Transfer Agency Agreement between Registrant and DST Systems, Inc. (+) | |
(ii) | Form of Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement between Registrant and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.(+) | ||
(iii) | Form of Chief Compliance Officer Services Agreement between Registrant and ALPS Fund Services, Inc.(+) | ||
(iv) | Form of Investor Services and Secondary Market Support Services Agreement between Registrant and the Adviser(+) | ||
(v) | Form of Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and the Adviser(+) | ||
(vi) | Form of Offering Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and the Adviser(+) | ||
(l) | Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP(+) | ||
(m) | Not applicable | ||
(n) | (i) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(+) | |
(o) | Not applicable | ||
(p) | Initial Subscription Agreement(+) | ||
(q) | Not applicable | ||
(r) | (i) | Code of Ethics of the Registrant(+) | |
(ii) | Code of Ethics of the Adviser(+) | ||
(ii) | Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser(+) | ||
(s) | Power of Attorney(*) |
(*) | Filed herewith. |
(+) | To be filed by further amendment. |
(1) | Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement (File Nos. 333-217196 and 811-232247) filed on April 7, 2017. |
Item 26. | Marketing Arrangements |
Reference is made to Exhibit (h) to this Registration Statement to be filed by further amendment.
Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:
Printer/Edgar Filer |
Legal Counsel |
NYSE Fee |
Marketing Design |
SEC Fees |
FINRA Fees |
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
Miscellaneous |
Total |
Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant
None
Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities
Title of Class |
Number
of Record Shareholders
as of |
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share |
Item 30. | Indemnification |
Reference is made to Article V of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of the Registrant, which provides as follows:
5.1 No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his or her duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he or she shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
5.2 Mandatory Indemnification .
(a) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person, against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding.
(b) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the investigation, defense or settlement of such proceeding.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, no Covered Person shall be indemnified for any expenses, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, or other liability or loss arising by reason of disabling conduct or for any proceedings by such Covered Person for which indemnification is precluded by applicable law. The termination of any proceeding by conviction, or a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the person engaged in disabling conduct.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth herein shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Covered Person or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
(e) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Trust shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense of such proceeding in advance of its final disposition.
(f) Any indemnification required or permitted under this Section 5.2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Trust only as authorized in the specific case upon a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the Covered Person is entitled to indemnification because (i) he or she is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (ii) in cases where there is no liability, he or she has not engaged in disabling conduct. Such determination shall be made by (i) the vote of a majority of a quorum of qualifying Trustees; or (ii) if there are no such Trustees, or if such Trustees so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.2(e), if a determination that a Covered Person engaged in disabling conduct is made in accordance with this Section 5.2(f), no further advances of expenses shall be made, and all prior advances, and insurance premiums paid for by the Trust, if applicable, must be repaid.
(g) With respect to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person, the rights to indemnification conferred in Section 5.2(a), and with respect to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust, the advancement of expenses conferred in Section 5.2(e) shall be contract rights. Any amendment, repeal, or modification of, or adoption of any provision inconsistent with, this Section 5.2 (or any provision hereof) shall not adversely affect any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses granted to any such person pursuant hereto with respect to any act or omission of such person occurring prior to the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption (regardless of whether the proceeding relating to such acts or omissions is commenced before or after the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or
adoption). Any amendment or modification of, or adoption of any provision inconsistent with, this Section 5.2 (or any provision hereof), that has the effect of positively affecting any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses granted to any such person pursuant hereto, shall not apply retroactively to any person who was not serving as a Covered Person at the time of such amendment, modification or adoption.
(h) If (i) a claim under Section 5.2(a) with respect to any right to indemnification is not paid in full by the Trust within sixty days after a written demand has been received by the Trust or (ii) a claim under Section 5.2(b) with respect to any right to the advancement of expenses is not paid in full by the Trust within thirty days after a written demand has been received by the Trust, then the Covered Person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses, as the case may be, may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Trust to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.
(i) If successful in whole or in part in any suit brought pursuant to Section 5.2(h), or in a suit brought by the Trust to recover an advancement of expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), the Covered Person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or an advancement of expenses hereunder or the Covered Person from whom the Trust sought to recover an advancement of expenses, as the case may be, shall be entitled to be paid by the Trust the reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of prosecuting or defending such suit.
(j) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under this Section 5.2 shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of shareholders or qualifying Trustees or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Trust enters into a written agreement with any Trustee to indemnify such Trustee, any indemnification of such Trustee by the Trust shall be governed by the terms of such written agreement, including with respect to determinations required, applicable presumptions and burden of proof with respect to such Trustee’s entitlement to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses.
(k) For purposes of this Section 5.2:
(i) references to “Trust” include any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of this Trust in a merger, consolidation, or other transaction in which the predecessor’s existence ceased upon consummation of the transaction;
(ii) the term “Covered Person” means a person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, or is or was serving at the request of the Trustees as a director, trustee, partner, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise;
(iii) the term “disabling conduct” means willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or the reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the Covered Person’s office with the Trust;
(iv) the term “expenses” includes, without limitations, attorneys’ fees;
(v) the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative; and
(vi) the term “qualifying Trustee” means any Trustee who is not an interested person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and is not a party to the proceeding.
5.3 Voluntary Indemnification . Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may
indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
5.4 No Bond Required of Trustees . No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties hereunder.
5.5 No Duty of Investigation; etc. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust.
5.6 Insurance . The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
5.7 Reliance on Experts, etc. Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
Reference is made to Section 14 of the Investment Advisory Agreement, between the Registrant and the Adviser, a form of which is filed as Exhibit (g)(i) hereto.
Reference is made to Section 14 of the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement, among the Registrant, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, a form of which is filed as Exhibit (g)(ii) hereto.
Reference is made to Section ___ of the Underwriting Agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit (h)(i).
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser
The Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. ).
The Sub-Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Sub-Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Sub-Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Sub-Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-71998).
Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained in part at the offices of the Trust at 321 North Clark Street, Suite 2430, Chicago, Illinois 60654, in part at the offices of the Investment Adviser at 321 North Clark Street, Suite 2430, Chicago, Illinois 60654, in part at the offices of the Sub-Adviser at 250 Park Avenue, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10177, in part at the offices of the Administrator at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203, in part at the offices of the Custodian, at 1555 N. River Center Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, and in part at the offices of the Transfer Agent .
Item 33. Management Services
Not applicable.
Item 34. Undertakings
1. | Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of Common Shares until the prospectus is amended, if subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, its net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value, as of the effective date of the registration statement or its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus. |
2. | Not applicable. |
3. | Not applicable. |
4. | Not applicable. |
5. | Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) will be deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
6. | Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information constituting Part B of this Registration Statement. |
SIGNATURES
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed on behalf of the Registrant, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 18 th day of July, 2017.
XAI OCTAGON FLOATING RATE ALTERNATIVE INCOME TERM TRUST |
||
By: | /s/ Theodore J. Brombach | |
Theodore J. Brombach | ||
Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer |
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the 18 th day of July, 2017.
Principal Executive Officer: | |||
/s/ Theodore J. Brombach | Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer | ||
Theodore J. Brombach | |||
Principal Financial Officer: | |||
/s/ John “Yogi” Spence | Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | ||
John “Yogi” Spence | |||
Trustees: | |||
/s/ * | Trustee | ||
Danielle Cupps | |||
/s/ * | Trustee | ||
Gregory G. Dingens | |||
/s/ * | Trustee | ||
Philip G. Franklin | |||
/s/ * | Trustee | ||
Scott Craven Jones | |||
* | Signed by John P. McGarrity, Esq., an attorney-in-fact, pursuant to a power of attorney filed herewith. |
By: | /s/ John P. McGarrity, Esq. | |
John P. McGarrity, Esq. | ||
Attorney-In-Fact | ||
July 18, 2017 |
Exhibit Index
(a)(2) | Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant |
(b) | By-Laws of Registrant |
(s) | Power of Attorney |
Exhibit 99.(a)(2)
XAI Octagon Floating Rate Alternative Income Term Trust
Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust
Dated as of July 13, 2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I | ||
The Trust | ||
1.1 | Name | 4 |
1.2 | Definitions | 5 |
ARTICLE II | ||
Trustees | ||
2.1 | Number and Qualification | 6 |
2.2 | Term and Election | 6 |
2.3 | Resignation and Removal | 7 |
2.4 | Vacancies | 8 |
2.5 | Meetings | 8 |
2.6 | Trustee Action by Written Consent | 9 |
2.7 | Officers and Chairperson | 9 |
ARTICLE III | ||
Powers and Duties of Trustees | ||
3.1 | General | 9 |
3.2 | Investments | 9 |
3.3 | Legal Title | 10 |
3.4 | Issuance and Repurchase of Shares | 10 |
3.5 | Borrow Money or Utilize Leverage | 10 |
3.6 | Delegation; Committees | 11 |
3.7 | Collection and Payment | 11 |
3.8 | Expenses | 11 |
3.9 | By-Laws | 11 |
3.10 | Miscellaneous Powers | 11 |
3.11 | Further Powers | 12 |
ARTICLE IV | ||
Advisory, Administration, Management and Distribution Arrangements | ||
4.1 | Advisory, Administration and Management Arrangements | 12 |
4.2 | Distribution Arrangements | 13 |
4.3 | Parties to Contract | 13 |
1 |
ARTICLE V | ||
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification | ||
5.1 | No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. | 14 |
5.2 | Mandatory Indemnification | 14 |
5.3 | Voluntary Indemnification | 17 |
5.4 | No Bond Required of Trustees | 17 |
5.5 | No Duty of Investigation; etc. | 17 |
5.6 | Insurance | 17 |
5.7 | Reliance on Experts, etc. | 17 |
ARTICLE VI | ||
Shares of Beneficial Interest | ||
6.1 | Beneficial Interest | 18 |
6.2 | Other Securities | 18 |
6.3 | Rights of Shareholders | 18 |
6.4 | Trust Only | 18 |
6.5 | Issuance of Shares | 18 |
6.6 | Register of Shares | 19 |
6.7 | Transfer Agent and Registrar | 19 |
6.8 | Transfer of Shares | 19 |
6.9 | Notices | 20 |
6.10 | Derivative Actions | 20 |
6.11 | Assent to Agreement | 20 |
6.12 | Disclosure of Holding | 21 |
ARTICLE VII | ||
Custodians | ||
7.1 | Appointment and Duties | 21 |
7.2 | Central Certificate System | 22 |
ARTICLE VIII | ||
Redemption; Repurchase of Shares | ||
8.1 | Redemptions | 22 |
8.2 | Repurchase of Shares | 22 |
ARTICLE IX | ||
Determination of Net Asset Value; Distributions | ||
9.1 | Net Asset Value | 23 |
2 |
9.2 | Distributions to Shareholders | 23 |
9.3 | Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures | 24 |
ARTICLE X | ||
Shareholders | ||
10.1 | Meetings of Shareholders | 24 |
10.2 | Voting | 24 |
10.3 | Notice of Meeting and Record Date | 25 |
10.4 | Quorum and Required Vote | 25 |
10.5 | Proxies, etc. | 26 |
10.6 | Shareholder Action by Written Consent | 26 |
10.7 | Reports | 26 |
10.8 | Inspection of Records | 26 |
ARTICLE XI | ||
Duration; Termination of Trust; Amendment; Mergers, Etc. | ||
11.1 | Duration | 27 |
11.2 | Termination | 28 |
11.3 | Amendment Procedure | 29 |
11.4 | Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets | 30 |
11.5 | Subsidiaries | 31 |
11.6 | Conversion | 31 |
11.7 | Certain Transactions | 31 |
11.8 | Absence of Appraisal or Dissenters’ Rights | 34 |
ARTICLE XII | ||
Miscellaneous | ||
12.1 | Filing | 34 |
12.2 | Resident Agent | 34 |
12.3 | Governing Law | 34 |
12.4 | Choice of Forum | 34 |
12.5 | Counterparts | 35 |
12.6 | Reliance by Third Parties | 35 |
12.7 | Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation | 35 |
3 |
XAI Octagon Floating Rate Alternative Income TERM Trust
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST made as of the 13 th day of July, 2017, by the Trustees hereunder, and by the holders of shares of beneficial interest issued hereunder as hereinafter provided.
WHEREAS, this Trust has been formed to carry on business as set forth more particularly hereinafter;
WHEREAS, this Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of its shares of beneficial interest all in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth;
WHEREAS, the Trustees have agreed to manage all property coming into their hands as Trustees of a Delaware statutory trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth;
WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that the Trust created by this Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and the Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 4, 2017, as amended on or about the date hereof, shall constitute a statutory trust under the Delaware Act and that this Declaration shall constitute the governing instrument of such statutory trust;
WHEREAS, the Trust previously adopted an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated April 4, 2017, and Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated May 5, 2017, and the parties hereto desire to further amend and restate such Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and that this Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust shall constitute the governing instrument of the Trust;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold all cash, securities, and other assets which they may from time to time acquire in any manner as Trustees hereunder IN TRUST to manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the benefit of the holders from time to time of shares of beneficial interest in this Trust as hereinafter set forth.
ARTICLE I
The Trust
1.1 Name . This Trust shall be known as the “XAI Octagon Floating Rate Alternative Income Term Trust” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name or names as they may from time to time determined.
4 |
1.2 Definitions . As used in this Declaration, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
The “1940 Act” refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and exemptions granted therefrom, as amended from time to time.
The terms “Affiliated Person”, “Assignment”, “Commission”, “Interested Person” and “Principal Underwriter” shall have the meanings given them in the 1940 Act.
“By-Laws” shall mean the By-Laws of the Trust as amended from time to time by the Trustees.
“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Declaration” shall mean this Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time.
“Delaware Act” shall mean the provisions of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C.ss.3801, et. seq., as such Act may be amended from time to time.
“Delaware General Corporation Law” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del. C.ss.100, et. seq., as amended from time to time.
“Fundamental Policies” shall mean the investment policies and restrictions as set forth from time to time in any registration statement of the Trust filed with the Commission and designated as fundamental policies therein or as otherwise adopted by the Trustees and the Shareholders in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, as they may be amended from time to time in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
“Majority Shareholder Vote” shall mean a vote of “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust with each class and series of Shares voting together as a single class, except to the extent otherwise required by the 1940 Act or this Declaration with respect to any one or more classes or series of Shares, in which case the applicable proportion of such classes or series of Shares voting as a separate class or series, as the case may be, also will be required.
“Person” shall mean and include individuals, corporations, partnerships, trusts, limited liability companies, associations, joint ventures and other entities, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
5 |
“Prospectus” shall mean the Prospectus of the Trust, if any, as in effect from time to time under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Shareholders” shall mean as of any particular time the holders of record of outstanding Shares of the Trust, at such time.
“Shares” shall mean the transferable units of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares. In addition, Shares also means any preferred shares or preferred units of beneficial interest which may be issued from time to time, as described herein. All references to Shares shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all series or classes as the context may require.
“Trust” shall mean the trust established by this Declaration, as amended from time to time, inclusive of each such amendment.
“Trust Property” shall mean as of any particular time any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees in such capacity.
“Trustees” shall mean the signatories to this Declaration, so long as they shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other persons who at the time in question have been duly elected or appointed and have qualified as trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof and are then in office.
ARTICLE II
Trustees
2.1 Number and Qualification . Prior to a public offering of Shares there may be a sole Trustee. Thereafter, the number of Trustees shall be determined by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office, provided that the number of Trustees shall be no less than two (2) or more than nine (9). No reduction in the number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his or her term. An individual nominated as a Trustee shall be at least 21 years of age at the time of nomination and not under legal disability. Trustees need not own Shares and may succeed themselves in office.
2.2 Term and Election .
(a) The Trustees shall be elected by the Shareholders of the Trust at the first meeting of Shareholders or written consent in lieu thereof prior to the initial offering of Shares of the Trust. Each Trustee elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.
6 |
(b) The Board of Trustees shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of trustees constituting the entire Board of Trustees. Within the limits above specified, the number of Trustees in each class, and the individual Trustees assigned to each class, shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Trustees and the terms of office for each class of Trustees shall be determined as follows:
(i) the term of office of the first class shall expire on the date of the first annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
(ii) the term of office of the second class shall expire on the date of the second annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and
(iii) the term of office of the third class shall expire on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Upon expiration of the term of office of each class as set forth above, the number of Trustees in such class, as determined by the Board of Trustees, shall be elected for a term expiring on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following such expiration to succeed the Trustees whose terms of office expire.
(c) Except as provided in Section 2.3 of this Article, the Trustees shall be elected at an annual meeting of the Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof called by the Board for that purpose, and each Trustee elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified. The term of office of a Trustee shall terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death, resignation, removal, bankruptcy, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.
2.3 Resignation and Removal . Any Trustee may resign his or her trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing signed by such Trustee and delivered or mailed to the Trustees or the Chairperson, if any, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of such written instrument. Any Trustee may be removed (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 2.1 hereof) for cause only, and not without cause, and only by action taken by a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding Shares then entitled to vote in an election of such Trustee. Upon the resignation or removal of a Trustee, each such resigning or removed Trustee shall execute and deliver such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held in the name of such resigning or removed Trustee. Upon the incapacity or death of any Trustee, such Trustee’s legal representative shall execute and deliver on such Trustee’s behalf such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require as provided in the preceding sentence.
7 |
2.4 Vacancies . Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Trustees shall occur, the remaining Trustees may fill such vacancy by appointing an individual having the qualifications described in this Article by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office or may leave such vacancy unfilled or may reduce the number of Trustees; provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such reduction shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 2.1 hereof; provided, further, that if the Shareholders of any class or series of Shares are entitled separately to elect one or more Trustees, a majority of the remaining Trustees or the sole remaining Trustee elected by that class or series may fill any vacancy among the number of Trustees elected by that class or series. Any vacancy created by an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by the appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this Article made by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office. No vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled as provided herein, the Trustees in office, regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.
2.5 Meetings . Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairperson, if any, the Chief Executive Officer or any three Trustees. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the Trustees. Notice of any other meeting shall be given by the Secretary and shall be delivered to the Trustees orally not less than 24 hours, or in writing not less than 72 hours, before the meeting, but may be waived in writing by any Trustee either before or after such meeting. The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been properly called or convened. Any time there is more than one Trustee, a quorum for all meetings of the Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being present).
Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee, if any, may act with or without a meeting. A quorum for all meetings of any such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a quorum being present).
With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes under this Section and shall be entitled to vote to the extent not prohibited by the 1940 Act.
8 |
All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other; participation in a meeting pursuant to any such communications system shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
2.6 Trustee Action by Written Consent . Any action which may be taken by Trustees or a committee thereof by vote may be taken without a meeting if that number of the Trustees, or members of a committee, as the case may be, that would be required for approval of such action at a meeting of the Trustees or of such committee at which all of the Trustees or members were present consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Trustees. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Trustees or the relevant committee..
2.7 Officers and Chairperson . The Trustees shall elect a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer and a Secretary, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors are elected. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer may, but need not, be a Trustee. The Trustees may elect a Chairperson of the Board, who shall be a Trustee and who shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until a successor is elected. The Trustees may elect or appoint or may authorize the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or the Chief Executive Officer to appoint such other officers or agents with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be advisable. The Chairperson is not an officer of the Trust.
ARTICLE III
Powers and Duties of Trustees
3.1 General . The Trustees shall owe to the Trust and its Shareholders the same fiduciary duties as owed by directors of corporations to such corporations and their stockholders under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property and business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation as may be permitted by this Declaration. The Trustees may perform such acts as in their sole discretion are proper for conducting the business of the Trust. The enumeration of any specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting the aforesaid power. Such powers of the Trustees may be exercised without order of or resort to any court.
3.2 Investments . The Trustees shall have power, subject to the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust, to:
(a) manage, conduct, operate and carry on the business of an investment company;
9 |
(b) subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or otherwise acquire, enter into, become obligated with respect to, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, lend, borrow, distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of any and all sorts of property, tangible or intangible, including but not limited to securities of any type whatsoever, whether equity or non-equity, of any issuer, evidences of indebtedness of any Person and any other rights, interests, instruments or property of any sort and to exercise any and all rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any and all such investments of every kind and description, including, without limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of said rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of said investments. The Trustees shall not be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made by fiduciaries.
3.3 Legal Title . Legal title to all the Trust Property shall be vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall have power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust, or in the name of any other Person as nominee, custodian or pledgee, on such terms as the Trustees may determine, provided that the interest of the Trust therein is appropriately protected.
The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in each person who may hereafter become a Trustee upon his or her due election and qualification. Upon the ceasing of any person to be a Trustee for any reason, such person shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in the remaining Trustees. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered.
3.4 Issuance and Repurchase of Shares . The Trustees shall have the power to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, transfer, and otherwise deal in, Shares, including Shares in fractional denominations, and, subject to the more detailed provisions set forth in Articles VIII and IX, to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or acquisition of Shares any funds or property whether capital or surplus or otherwise, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted corporations formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
3.5 Borrow Money or Utilize Leverage . Subject to the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust, the Trustees shall have the power to borrow money or otherwise obtain credit or utilize leverage to the maximum extent permitted by law or regulation as such may be needed from time to time and to secure the same by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust, including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of any other person, firm, association or corporation.
10 |
3.6 Delegation; Committees . The Trustees shall have the power, consistent with their continuing exclusive authority over the management of the Trust and the Trust Property, to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to officers, employees or agents of the Trust the doing of such things, including any matters set forth in this Declaration, and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem to be desirable, expedient or necessary in order to effect the purpose hereof. The Trustees may, to the extent that they determine it necessary, desirable and appropriate, designate committees with such powers as the Trustees deem appropriate, each of which shall consist of at least one Trustee, which shall have all or such lesser portion of the authority of the entire Board of Trustees as the Trustees shall determine from time to time, except to the extent action by the entire Board of Trustees or particular Trustees is required by the 1940 Act.
3.7 Collection and Payment . The Trustees shall have power to collect all property due to the Trust; to pay all claims, including taxes, against the Trust Property or the Trust, the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust; to prosecute, defend, compromise or abandon any claims relating to the Trust Property or the Trust, or the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust; to foreclose any security interest securing any obligations, by virtue of which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases, agreements and other instruments. The Shareholders shall have no power to vote as to whether or not a court action, legal proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively or as a class action on behalf of the Trust or the Shareholders.
3.8 Expenses . The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay out of the assets or income of the Trust any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and the business of the Trust, and to pay reasonable compensation from the funds of the Trust to themselves as Trustees. The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers, employees and Trustees. The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation for special services, including legal, underwriting, syndicating and brokerage services, as they in good faith may deem reasonable reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.
3.9 By-Laws . The Trustees shall have the exclusive authority to adopt and from time to time amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.
3.10 Miscellaneous Powers . The Trustees shall have the power to:
(a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem desirable for the transaction of the business of the Trust;
(b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or associations;
(c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, investment advisors, distributors, selected dealers or independent contractors of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in such capacity, whether or not constituting negligence, or whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability;
11 |
(d) establish pension, profit-sharing, share purchase, and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for any Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust;
(e) make donations, irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious, educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes;
(f) to the extent permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings, including without limitation any advisor, administrator, manager, transfer agent, custodian, distributor or selected dealer, or any other person as the Trustees may see fit to such extent as the Trustees shall determine;
(g) guarantee indebtedness or contractual obligations of others;
(h) determine and change the fiscal year of the Trust and the method in which its accounts shall be kept;
(i) notwithstanding the Fundamental Policies of the Trust, convert the Trust to a master-feeder structure; provided, however, the Trust obtains the approval of shareholders holding at least a majority of the Trust’s Shares present at a meeting of Shareholders at which a quorum is present; and
(j) adopt a seal for the Trust but the absence of such seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf of the Trust.
3.11 Further Powers . The Trustees shall have the power to conduct the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches and maintain offices both within and without the State of Delaware, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary, proper or desirable in order to promote the interests of the Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive. In construing the provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees. The Trustees will not be required to obtain any court order to deal with the Trust Property.
ARTICLE IV
Advisory, Administration, Management and Distribution Arrangements
4.1 Advisory, Administration and Management Arrangements . Subject to the requirements of applicable law as in effect from time to time, the Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into advisory, administration or management contracts (including, in each case, one or more sub-advisory, sub-administration or sub-management contracts) whereby the other party to any such contract shall undertake to furnish such advisory, administrative and management services, with respect to the Trust as the Trustees shall from time to time consider desirable and all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Declaration, the Trustees may authorize any advisor, administrator or manager (subject to such general or specific instructions as the Trustees may from time to time adopt) to effect investment transactions with respect to the assets on behalf of the Trust to the full extent of the power of the Trustees to effect such transactions or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect such transactions pursuant to recommendations of any such advisor, administrator or manager (and all without further action by the Trustees). Any such investment transaction shall be deemed to have been authorized by all of the Trustees.
12 |
4.2 Distribution Arrangements . Subject to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Trustees may retain underwriters, placement agents and/or other distribution agents to sell Shares or other securities of the Trust. The Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into one or more contracts, providing for the sale of securities of the Trust, whereby the Trust may either agree to sell such securities to the other party to the contract or appoint such other party its sales agent for such securities. In either case, the contract shall be on such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV or the By-Laws; and such contract may also provide for the repurchase or sale of securities of the Trust by such other party as principal or as agent of the Trust and may provide that such other party may enter into selected dealer agreements with registered securities dealers and brokers and servicing and similar agreements with persons who are not registered securities dealers to further the purposes of the distribution or repurchase of securities of the Trust.
4.3 Parties to Contract . Any contract of the character described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of this Article IV or in Article VII hereof may be entered into with any Person, although one or more of the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust may be an officer, director, trustee, shareholder, or member of such other party to the contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any Person holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of said contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV or the By-Laws. The same Person may be the other party to contracts entered into pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 or Article VII, and any individual may be financially interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.3.
13 |
ARTICLE V
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
5.1 No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his or her duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he or she shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
5.2 Mandatory Indemnification .
(a) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person, against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding.
(b) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the investigation, defense or settlement of such proceeding.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, no Covered Person shall be indemnified for any expenses, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, or other liability or loss arising by reason of disabling conduct or for any proceedings by such Covered Person for which indemnification is precluded by applicable law. The termination of any proceeding by conviction, or a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the person engaged in disabling conduct.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth herein shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Covered Person or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
14 |
(e) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Trust shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense of such proceeding in advance of its final disposition.
(f) Any indemnification required or permitted under this Section 5.2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Trust only as authorized in the specific case upon a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the Covered Person is entitled to indemnification because (i) he or she is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (ii) in cases where there is no liability, he or she has not engaged in disabling conduct. Such determination shall be made by (i) the vote of a majority of a quorum of qualifying Trustees; or (ii) if there are no such Trustees, or if such Trustees so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.2(e), if a determination that a Covered Person engaged in disabling conduct is made in accordance with this Section 5.2(f), no further advances of expenses shall be made, and all prior advances, and insurance premiums paid for by the Trust, if applicable, must be repaid.
(g) With respect to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Covered Person, the rights to indemnification conferred in Section 5.2(a), and with respect to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved as a witness in, any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust, the advancement of expenses conferred in Section 5.2(e) shall be contract rights. Any amendment, repeal, or modification of, or adoption of any provision inconsistent with, this Section 5.2 (or any provision hereof) shall not adversely affect any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses granted to any such person pursuant hereto with respect to any act or omission of such person occurring prior to the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption (regardless of whether the proceeding relating to such acts or omissions is commenced before or after the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption). Any amendment or modification of, or adoption of any provision inconsistent with, this Section 5.2 (or any provision hereof), that has the effect of positively affecting any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses granted to any such person pursuant hereto, shall not apply retroactively to any person who was not serving as a Covered Person at the time of such amendment, modification or adoption.
15 |
(h) If (i) a claim under Section 5.2(a) with respect to any right to indemnification is not paid in full by the Trust within sixty days after a written demand has been received by the Trust or (ii) a claim under Section 5.2(b) with respect to any right to the advancement of expenses is not paid in full by the Trust within thirty days after a written demand has been received by the Trust, then the Covered Person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses, as the case may be, may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Trust to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.
(i) If successful in whole or in part in any suit brought pursuant to Section 5.2(h), or in a suit brought by the Trust to recover an advancement of expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), the Covered Person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or an advancement of expenses hereunder or the Covered Person from whom the Trust sought to recover an advancement of expenses, as the case may be, shall be entitled to be paid by the Trust the reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of prosecuting or defending such suit.
(j) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under this Section 5.2 shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of shareholders or qualifying Trustees or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Trust enters into a written agreement with any Trustee to indemnify such Trustee, any indemnification of such Trustee by the Trust shall be governed by the terms of such written agreement, including with respect to determinations required, applicable presumptions and burden of proof with respect to such Trustee’s entitlement to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses.
(k) For purposes of this Section 5.2:
(i) references to “Trust” include any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of this Trust in a merger, consolidation, or other transaction in which the predecessor’s existence ceased upon consummation of the transaction;
(ii) the term “Covered Person” means a person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, or is or was serving at the request of the Trustees as a director, trustee, partner, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise;
(iii) the term “disabling conduct” means willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or the reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the Covered Person’s office with the Trust;
(iv) the term “expenses” includes, without limitations, attorneys’ fees;
16 |
(v) the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative; and
(vi) the term “qualifying Trustee” means any Trustee who is not an interested person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and is not a party to the proceeding.
5.3 Voluntary Indemnification . Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
5.4 No Bond Required of Trustees . No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties hereunder.
5.5 No Duty of Investigation; etc. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust.
5.6 Insurance . The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
5.7 Reliance on Experts, etc. Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
17 |
ARTICLE VI
Shares of Beneficial Interest
6.1 Beneficial Interest . The interest of the beneficiaries hereunder shall be divided into an unlimited number of transferable shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share. All Shares issued in accordance with the terms hereof, including, without limitation, Shares issued in connection with a dividend in Shares or a split of Shares, shall be fully paid and nonassessable when the consideration determined by the Trustees (if any) therefor shall have been received by the Trust.
6.2 Other Securities . The Trustees may, subject to the Fundamental Policies and the requirements of the 1940 Act, authorize and issue such other securities of the Trust as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Trustees see fit, including preferred interests, debt securities or other senior securities. To the extent that the Trustees authorize and issue preferred shares of any class or series, they are hereby authorized and empowered to amend or supplement this Declaration as they deem necessary or appropriate, including to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act or requirements imposed by the rating agencies or other Persons, all without the approval of Shareholders. Any such supplement or amendment shall be filed as is necessary. The Trustees are also authorized to take such actions and retain such persons as they see fit to offer and sell such securities.
6.3 Rights of Shareholders . The Shares shall be personal property given only the rights in this Declaration specifically set forth. The ownership of the Trust Property of every description and the right to conduct any business herein before described are vested exclusively in the Trustees, and the Shareholders shall have no interest therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Shares, and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of any property, profits, rights or interests of the Trust nor can they be called upon to share or assume any losses of the Trust or suffer an assessment of any kind by virtue of their ownership of Shares. The Shares shall not entitle the holder to preference, preemptive, appraisal, conversion or exchange rights (except as specified by the Trustees when creating the Shares, as in preferred shares).
6.4 Trust Only . It is the intention of the Trustees to create only the relationship of Trustee and beneficiary between the Trustees and each Shareholder from time to time. It is not the intention of the Trustees to create a general partnership, limited partnership, joint stock association, corporation, bailment or any form of legal relationship other than a trust. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to make the Shareholders, either by themselves or with the Trustees, partners or members of a joint stock association.
18 |
6.5 Issuance of Shares . The Trustees, in their discretion, may from time to time without vote of the Shareholders issue Shares including preferred shares that may have been established pursuant to Section 6.2, in addition to the then issued and outstanding Shares and Shares held in the treasury, to such party or parties and for such amount and type of consideration, including cash or property, at such time or times, and on such terms as the Trustees may determine, and may in such manner acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares into a greater or lesser number without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in such Shares. Issuances and redemptions of Shares may be made in whole Shares and/or l/l,000ths of a Share or multiples thereof as the Trustees may determine.
6.6 Register of Shares . A register shall be kept at the offices of the Trust or any transfer agent duly appointed by the Trustees under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the names and addresses of the Shareholders and the number of Shares held by them respectively and a record of all transfers thereof. Separate registers shall be established and maintained for each class or series of Shares. Each such register shall be conclusive as to who are the holders of the Shares of the applicable class or series of Shares and who shall be entitled to receive dividends or distributions or otherwise to exercise or enjoy the rights of Shareholders. No Shareholder shall be entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution, nor to have notice given to him as herein provided, until he or she has given his or her address to a transfer agent or such other officer or agent of the Trustees as shall keep the register for entry thereon. It is not contemplated that certificates will be issued for the Shares; however, the Trustees, in their discretion, may authorize the issuance of share certificates and promulgate appropriate fees therefore and rules and regulations as to their use.
6.7 Transfer Agent and Registrar . The Trustees shall have power to employ a transfer agent or transfer agents, and a registrar or registrars, with respect to the Shares. The transfer agent or transfer agents may keep the applicable register and record therein, the original issues and transfers, if any, of the said Shares. Any such transfer agents and/or registrars shall perform the duties usually performed by transfer agents and registrars of certificates of stock in a corporation, as modified by the Trustees.
6.8 Transfer of Shares . Shares shall be transferable on the records of the Trust only by the record holder thereof or by its agent thereto duly authorized in writing, upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust of a duly executed instrument of transfer, together with such evidence of the genuineness of each such execution and authorization and of other matters as may reasonably be required. Upon such delivery the transfer shall be recorded on the applicable register of the Trust. Until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed to be the holder of such Shares for all purposes hereof and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of the proposed transfer. Any person becoming entitled to any Shares in consequence of the death, bankruptcy, or incompetence of any Shareholder, or otherwise by operation of law, shall be recorded on the applicable register of Shares as the holder of such Shares upon production of the proper evidence thereof to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust, but until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed to be the holder of such for all purposes hereof, and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of such death, bankruptcy or incompetence, or other operation of law.
19 |
6.9 Notices . Any and all notices to which any Shareholder hereunder may be entitled and any and all communications shall be deemed duly served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to any Shareholder of record at his or her last known address as recorded on the applicable register of the Trust.
6.10 Derivative Actions . In addition to the requirements set forth in Section 3816 of the Delaware Act, a Shareholder or Shareholders may bring a derivative action on behalf of the Trust only if the following conditions are met:
(a) The Shareholder or Shareholders must make a pre-suit demand upon the Board of Trustees to bring the subject action unless an effort to cause the Board of Trustees to bring such an action is not likely to succeed. For purposes of this Section 6.10 a demand on the Board of Trustees shall be deemed not likely to succeed and therefore excused only if a majority of the Board of Trustees, or a majority of any committee established to consider the merits of such action, is composed of Trustees who are not “independent trustees” (as such term is defined in the Delaware Act).
(b) Unless a demand is not required under Section 6.10(a), Shareholders eligible to bring such derivative action under the Delaware Act who hold at least a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Trust shall join in the demand for the Board of Trustees to commence such action.
(c) Unless a demand is not required under Section 6.10(a), the Board of Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such Shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim. The Board of Trustees shall be entitled to retain counsel or other advisors in considering the merits of the demand and shall require an undertaking by the Shareholders making such demand to reimburse the Trust for the fees and expense of any such counsel or other advisors and other out of pocket expenses of the Trust, in the event that the Board of Trustees determines not to bring such action.
(d) For purposes of this Section 6.10, the Board of Trustees may designate a committee of one Trustee to consider a Shareholder demand if necessary to create a committee with a majority of Trustees who are “independent trustees” (as such term in defined in the Delaware Act).
6.11 Assent to Agreement . Every Shareholder, by virtue of having purchased a Share, shall be held to have expressly assented to, and agreed to be bound by, the terms hereof. The death, incapacity, dissolution, termination, or bankruptcy of a Shareholder during the continuance of the Trust shall not operate to terminate the Trust nor entitle the representative of any deceased Shareholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trust or the Trustees, but only to rights of said deceased, incapacitated, dissolved, terminated or bankrupt Shareholder.
20 |
6.12 Disclosure of Holding . The Shareholders or holders of other securities of the Trust shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to direct or indirect ownership of Shares or other securities of the Trust as the Trustees deem to be (i) in the best interests of the Trust or (ii) necessary to comply with the provisions of the Code, the 1940 Act or other applicable laws or regulations, or to comply with the requirements of any other taxing or regulatory authority or stock exchange on which the Shares are listed for trading.
ARTICLE VII
Custodians
7.1 Appointment and Duties . The Trustees shall at all times employ a custodian or custodians, meeting the qualifications for custodians for portfolio securities of investment companies contained in the 1940 Act, as custodian with respect to the assets of the Trust. Any custodian shall have authority as agent of the Trust as determined by the custodian agreement or agreements, but subject to such restrictions, limitations and other requirements, if any, as may be contained in the By-Laws of the Trust and the 1940 Act, including, without limitation, authority:
(1) to hold the securities owned by the Trust and deliver the same upon written order;
(2) to receive any receipt for any moneys due to the Trust and deposit the same in its own banking department (if a bank) or elsewhere as the Trustees may direct;
(3) to disburse such funds upon orders or vouchers;
(4) if authorized by the Trustees, to keep the books and accounts of the Trust and furnish clerical and accounting services; and
(5) if authorized to do so by the Trustees, to compute the net income or net asset value of the Trust;
all upon such basis of compensation as may be agreed upon between the Trustees and the custodian.
The Trustees may also authorize each custodian to employ one or more sub-custodians from time to time to perform such of the acts and services of the custodian and upon such terms and conditions, as may be agreed upon between the custodian and such sub-custodian and approved by the Trustees, provided that in every case such sub-custodian shall meet the qualifications for custodians contained in the 1940 Act.
21 |
7.2 Central Certificate System . Subject to such rules, regulations and orders as the Commission may adopt, the Trustees may direct the custodian to deposit all or any part of the securities owned by the Trust in a system for the central handling of securities established by a national securities exchange or a national securities association registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or such other Person as may be permitted by the Commission, or otherwise in accordance with the 1940 Act, pursuant to which system all securities of any particular class of any issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of such securities, provided that all such deposits shall be subject to withdrawal only upon the order of the Trust.
ARTICLE VIII
Redemption; Repurchase of Shares
8.1 Redemptions . Unless otherwise provided in the rights of any series of Preferred Shares, the Shares of the Trust are not redeemable by the holders.
8.2 Repurchase of Shares .
(a) Subject to this Declaration, the Trust may repurchase Shares on the open market or such Shares as are tendered by any Shareholder for repurchase pursuant to a repurchase offer or tender offer, if any, made by the Trust periodically or from time to time, upon the presentation by the Shareholder of a proper instrument of transfer together with a request directed to the Trust, its transfer agent or other duly authorized agent, that the Trust repurchase such Shares, or in accordance with such other procedures for repurchase as the Board of Trustees may from time to time authorize; and the Trust will pay therefor a price that meets the requirements of the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations adopted thereunder, and that is in accordance with the terms of such repurchase offer, tender offer, this Declaration, the By-Laws and other applicable law.
(b) The repurchase price may in any case or cases be paid wholly or partly in kind if the Board of Trustees determines that such payment is advisable in the interest of the Trust. Subject to the foregoing, the fair value, selection and quantity of securities or other property of the Trust so paid or delivered as all or part of the repurchase price shall be determined by or under authority of the Board of Trustees. Subject to applicable law, the Trust shall not be liable for any delay of any corporation or other Person in transferring securities or other property selected for delivery as all or part of any payment in kind.
8.3 Disclosure of Holdings . The holders of Shares or other securities of the Trust shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to direct and indirect ownership of Shares or other securities of the Trust as the Trustees deem necessary to comply with the provisions of the Code, the 1940 Act or other applicable laws or regulations, or to comply with the requirements of any other taxing or regulatory authority.
22 |
ARTICLE IX
Determination of Net Asset Value; Distributions
9.1 Net Asset Value . The net asset value of each outstanding Share of the Trust shall be determined at such time or times on such days as the Trustees may determine, in accordance with the 1940 Act. The method of determination of net asset value shall be determined by the Trustees and shall be as set forth in the Prospectus or as may otherwise be determined by the Trustees. The power and duty to make the net asset value calculations may be delegated by the Trustees and shall be as generally set forth in the Prospectus or as may otherwise be determined by the Trustees.
9.2 Distributions to Shareholders .
(a) The Trustees shall from time to time distribute ratably among the Shareholders of any class of Shares, or any series of any such class, in accordance with the number of outstanding full and fractional Shares of such class or any series of such class, such proportion of the net profits, surplus (including paid-in surplus), capital, or assets held by the Trustees as they may deem proper or as may otherwise be determined in accordance with this Declaration. Any such distribution may be made in cash or property (including without limitation any type of obligations of the Trust or any assets thereof) or Shares of any class or series or any combination thereof, and the Trustees may distribute ratably among the Shareholders of any class of shares or series of any such class, in accordance with the number of outstanding full and fractional Shares of such class or any series of such class, additional Shares of any class or series in such manner, at such times, and on such terms as the Trustees may deem proper or as may otherwise be determined in accordance with this Declaration.
(b) Distributions pursuant to this Section 9.2 may be among the Shareholders of record of the applicable class or series of Shares at the time of declaring a distribution or among the Shareholders of record at such later date as the Trustees shall determine and specify.
(c) The Trustees may always retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem necessary to pay the debts or expenses of the Trust or to meet obligations of the Trust, or as they otherwise may deem desirable to use in the conduct of its affairs or to retain for future requirements or extensions of the business.
(d) Inasmuch as the computation of net income and gains for Federal income tax purposes may vary from the computation thereof on the books, the above provisions shall be interpreted to give the Trustees the power in their discretion to distribute for any fiscal year as ordinary dividends and as capital gains distributions, respectively, additional amounts sufficient to enable the Trust to avoid or reduce liability for taxes.
23 |
9.3 Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, the Trustees may prescribe, in their absolute discretion except as may be required by the 1940 Act, such other bases and times for determining the per share asset value of the Trust’s Shares or net income, or the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions as they may deem necessary or desirable for any reason, including to enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act, or any securities exchange or association registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any order of exemption issued by the Commission, all as in effect now or hereafter amended or modified.
ARTICLE X
Shareholders
10.1 Meetings of Shareholders . Meetings of Shareholders may be called by the Trustees from time to time for the purpose of taking action upon any matter requiring the vote of the Shareholders as herein provided, or upon any other matter deemed by the Trustees to be necessary or desirable. A special meeting of Shareholders may be called at any time by a majority of the Trustees or the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by any Trustee for any proper purpose upon written request of Shareholders of the Trust holding in the aggregate not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding Shares of the Trust or class or series of Shares having voting rights on the matter, such request specifying the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is to be called. Any shareholder meeting, including a Special Meeting, shall be held within or without the State of Delaware on such day and at such time as the Trustees shall designate.
10.2 Voting . Shareholders shall have no power to vote on any matter except matters on which a vote of Shareholders is required by applicable law, this Declaration or resolution of the Trustees; provided , that no power to vote on any matter is granted to Shareholders under the Declaration solely because the Delaware Act shall require a vote on such matter in the absence of a contrary provision in the Declaration, and any power to vote on such matter is expressly denied under the Declaration unless otherwise required by this Declaration. Except as otherwise provided herein, any matter required to be submitted to Shareholders and affecting one or more classes or series of Shares shall require approval by the required vote of all the affected classes and series of Shares voting together as a single class; provided, however, that as to any matter with respect to which a separate vote of any class or series of Shares is required by the 1940 Act, such requirement as to a separate vote by that class or series of Shares shall apply in addition to a vote of all the affected classes and series voting together as a single class. Shareholders of a particular class or series of Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any matter that affects only one or more other classes or series of Shares. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election or removal of Trustees.
24 |
10.3 Notice of Meeting and Record Date . Notice of all meetings of Shareholders, stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Trustees by mail to each Shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat at its registered address, mailed at least 10 days and not more than 120 days before the commencement of the meeting or otherwise in compliance with applicable law. Only the business stated in the notice of the meeting shall be considered at such meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned one or more times without further notice not later than 180 days after the record date. For the purposes of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting the Trustees may, without closing the transfer books, fix a date not more than 120 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting of Shareholders as a record date for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Shareholders of record for such purposes.
10.4 Quorum and Required Vote .
(a) A majority of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote at a meeting of Shareholders, which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at the meeting of Shareholders, except when a larger quorum is required by applicable law or the requirements of any securities exchange on which Shares are listed for trading, in which case such quorum shall comply with such requirements. Quorum shall be determined with respect to the meeting as a whole regardless of whether particular matters have achieved the requisite vote for approval.
(b) Trustees shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Trust present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote; provided that in the event that the 1940 Act requires any Trustees to be elected by the holders of preferred shares, such Trustees to be elected solely by the holders of preferred shares shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote, voting as a separate class, and the remaining Trustees shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Trust present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.
(c) With respect to all other matters, subject to any provision of applicable law, this Declaration or a resolution of the Trustees specifying a greater vote requirement for the transaction of any item of business at any meeting of Shareholders, (i) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote shall be the act of the Shareholders with respect to such matter, and (ii) where a separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares is required on any matter, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares of such class or series of Shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote shall be the act of the Shareholders of such class or series with respect to such matter.
25 |
10.5 Proxies, etc. At any meeting of Shareholders, any holder of Shares entitled to vote thereat may vote by properly executed proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of a majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of one or more Trustees or one or more of the officers or employees of the Trust. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Only Shareholders of record shall be entitled to vote. Each full Share shall be entitled to one vote and fractional Shares shall be entitled to a vote of such fraction. When any Share is held jointly by several persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Share, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Share. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. If the holder of any such Share is a minor or a person of unsound mind, and subject to guardianship or to the legal control of any other person as regards the charge or management of such Share, he or she may vote by his or her guardian or such other person appointed or having such control, and such vote may be given in person or by proxy.
10.6 Shareholder Action by Written Consent . Any action which may be taken by Shareholders by vote may be taken without a meeting if the holders entitled to vote thereon of the proportion of Shares required for approval of such action at a meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Section 10.4 consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Shareholders. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.
10.7 Reports . The Trustees shall cause to be prepared at least annually and more frequently to the extent and in the form required by law, regulation or any exchange on which Shares are listed a report of operations containing a balance sheet and statement of income and undistributed income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant on such financial statements. Copies of such reports shall be mailed to all Shareholders of record within the time required by the 1940 Act, and in any event within a reasonable period preceding the meeting of Shareholders. The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to the Shareholders at least semi-annually to the extent required by law, interim reports containing an unaudited balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such period and an unaudited statement of income and surplus for the period from the beginning of the current fiscal year to the end of such period.
10.8 Inspection of Records . Except as may be required by Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) no Shareholder shall have the right to obtain from the Trust a list of the Trust’s Shareholders. Except as required by the Delaware Act or as expressly provided in this Declaration or the By-Laws, Shareholders shall have no right to inspect the records, documents, accounts and books of the Trust. Any request to inspect the records of the Trust shall be submitted by the Shareholder to the Trust in writing. Upon receipt of any such request, the Trustees shall determine whether delivery of records pertaining to such request is required by the Delaware Act or is otherwise necessary or appropriate, as determined by the Trustees in their sole discretion, and whether such request complies with the requirements of the Delaware Act and, if so, establish procedures for such inspection. To preserve the integrity of the records, the Trust may provide certified copies of Trust records rather than originals. The Trust shall not be required to create records or obtain records from third parties to satisfy a Shareholder request. The Trust may require a requesting Shareholder to pay in advance or otherwise indemnify the Trust for the costs and expenses of such Shareholder’s inspection of records.
26 |
ARTICLE XI
Duration; Termination of Trust; Amendment; Mergers, Etc.
11.1 Duration .
(a) Unless (i) earlier dissolved, (ii) the term is extended pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section, or (iii) this Section 11.1 is amended pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Trust created hereby shall have a limited period of existence and shall cease to exist at the close of business on December 31, 2029 (as such date may be extended pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section, the “Termination Date”), except that the Trust shall continue to exist for the purpose of paying, satisfying, and discharging any existing debts or obligations, collecting and distributing its assets, and doing all other acts required to liquidate and wind up its business and affairs. After the close of business on the Termination Date, if the Trust has not liquidated and wound up its business and affairs, the Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust in accordance with Section 11.2 and all of the powers of the Trustees under this Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust shall have been wound up, including the power to fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust, collect its assets, sell, convey, assign, exchange, merge where the Trust is not the survivor, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part in cash, securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay its liabilities, and do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business.
(b) The Termination Date may be extended (i) once for up to one year (i.e., up to December 31, 2030), and (ii) once for up to an additional six months (i.e. up to June 30, 2031), in each case by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees or by an instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees, without a vote of the shareholders of the Trust.
(c) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(b), if the Trust completes an Eligible Tender Offer (as defined below), this Section 11.1 may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees or by an instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees, without a vote of the shareholders of the Trust, to eliminate the Termination Date and cause the Trust to have a perpetual existence.
(d) As used in this Section 11.1, an “Eligible Tender Offer” shall be a tender offer by the Trust to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Trust at a price equal to the net asset value per Common Share on the expiration date of the tender offer, which expiration date shall be as of a date within twelve months preceding the Termination Date. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration to the contrary, the Trust may conduct an Eligible Tender Offer upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees or by an instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees, without a vote of the shareholders of the Trust.
27 |
11.2 Termination .
(a) At any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Termination Date or (ii) the date of an amendment to Section 11.1 that causes the Trust to have perpetual existence, the Trust may be dissolved only upon approval of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees. At any time after the date of an amendment to Section 11.1 that causes the Trust to have perpetual existence, the Trust may be dissolved only after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, followed by approval by not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each class or series outstanding and entitled to vote, voting as separate classes or series, unless such resolution has been approved by eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required.
(b) Upon dissolution of the Trust, the Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs, and all powers of the Trustees under this Declaration shall continue until such affairs have been wound up. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees shall (in accordance with Section 3808 of the Delaware Act) have the power to:
(i) Fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust;
(ii) Collect its assets;
(iii) Sell, convey, assign, exchange, merge where the Trust is not the survivor, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part in cash, securities or other property of any kind;
(iv) Pay or make reasonable provision (including through the use of a liquidating trust) to pay all claims and obligations of the Trust, including all contingent, conditional or unmatured claims and obligations known to the Trust, and all claims and obligations which are known to the Trust, but for which the identity of the claimant is unknown, and claims and obligations that have not been made known to the Trust or that have not arisen but that, based on the facts known to the Trust, are likely to arise or to become known to the Trust within 10 years after the date of dissolution; and
(v) Do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business.
(c) If there are sufficient assets held with respect to the Trust, such claims and obligations shall be paid in full and any such provisions for payment shall be made in full. If there are insufficient assets held with respect to the Trust, such claims and obligations shall be paid or provided for according to their priority and, among claims and obligations of equal priority, ratably to the extent of assets available therefor. Any remaining assets (including, without limitation, cash, securities or any combination thereof) held with respect to the Trust shall be distributed to the Shareholders of the Trust ratably according to the number of Shares of the Trust held of record by the several Shareholders on the date for such dissolution distribution, subject to any then existing preferential rights of Shares.
28 |
(d) On completion of distribution of the remaining assets and upon the winding up of the Trust in accordance with Section 3808 of the Delaware Act and its termination, any one (1) Trustee shall execute, and cause to be filed, a certificate of cancellation, with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the provisions of Section 3810 of the Delaware Act, whereupon the Trust shall terminate and the Trustees and the Trust shall be discharged from all further liabilities and duties hereunder with respect thereto. The Trustees shall not be personally liable to the claimants of the dissolved Trust by reason of the Trustees’ actions in winding up the Trust’s affairs if the Trustees complied with Section 3808(e) of the Delaware Act.
11.3 Amendment Procedure .
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 11.3, this Declaration may be amended, after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the affected Shares. The Trustees also may amend this Declaration without any vote of Shareholders of any class or series (i) to divide the Shares of the Trust into one or more classes or additional classes, or one or more series of any such class or classes, (ii) to determine the rights, powers, preferences, limitations and restrictions of any class or series of Shares, (iii) to change the name of the Trust or any class or series of Shares, (iv) to make any change that does not adversely affect the relative rights or preferences of any Shareholder, as they may deem necessary, (iv) to conform this Declaration to the requirements of the 1940 Act or any other applicable federal laws or regulations including pursuant to Section 6.2 or the requirements of the regulated investment company provisions of the Code, (v) to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any conflicting provisions of the Declaration, or (vi) as provided for in Section 11.1(c); but in each such case the Trustees shall not be liable for failing to do so.
(b) No amendment may be made to Section 2.1, Section 2.2, Section 2.3, Section 3.9, Section 5.1, Section 5.2, Section 11.1 (except as provided for in Section 11.1(c)), Section 11.2(a), this Section 11.3, Section 11.4, Section 11.6 or Section 11.7 of this Declaration and no amendment may be made to this Declaration which would change any rights with respect to any Shares of the Trust by reducing the amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust or by diminishing or eliminating any voting rights pertaining thereto (except that this provision shall not limit the ability of the Trustees to authorize, and to cause the Trust to issue, other securities pursuant to Section 6.2), except after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, followed by approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each affected class or series outstanding, voting as separate classes or series, or unless such amendment has been approved by eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required. Nothing contained in this Declaration shall permit the amendment of this Declaration to impair the exemption from personal liability of the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust or to permit assessments upon Shareholders.
29 |
(c) An amendment duly adopted by the requisite vote of the Board of Trustees and, if required, the Shareholders as aforesaid, shall become effective at the time of such adoption or at such other time as may be designated by the Board of Trustees or Shareholders, as the case may be. A certification in recordable form signed by a majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it was duly adopted by the Trustees and, if required, the Shareholders as aforesaid, or a copy of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment when lodged among the records of the Trust or at such other time designated by the Board.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as a Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the first public offering of Shares of the Trust shall have become effective, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees or by an instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees.
11.4 Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets .
(a) Except as provided in Section 11.7 or paragraph (b) of this Section, the Trust may merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of the Trust Property or the property, including its good will, upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration when and as authorized by two-thirds of the Trustees, followed by approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote, and any such merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be determined for all purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of the State of Delaware.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Section, if such action has been approved by eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees, the Trust may merge or consolidate with, or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of the Trust Property or the property, including its good will, to, any other corporation, association, trust or other organization that is, or will be immediately after giving effect to such transaction, registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act (or a series thereof) and:
(i) no Fundamental Policy of the Trust is materially different from a Fundamental Policy of such registered investment company;
(ii) no advisory agreement between the Trust and any investment adviser thereof is materially different from an advisory contract between such registered investment company and any investment adviser thereof, except for the identity of the investment companies as a party to the contract;
30 |
(iii) Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and who were elected by Shareholders will comprise a majority of the trustees or directors (or members of a similar governing body) of such registered investment company who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of such registered investment company; and
(iv) such registered investment company has provisions in its governing documents substantially equivalent to Sections 10.4, 10.6, 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7.
11.5 Subsidiaries . Without approval by Shareholders, the Trustees may cause to be organized or assist in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations or other organizations to take over any or all of the Trust Property or to carry on any business in which the Trust shall directly or indirectly have any interest, and to sell, convey and transfer all or a portion of the Trust Property to any such corporation, trust, limited liability company, association or organization in exchange for the shares or securities thereof, or otherwise, and to lend money to, subscribe for the shares or securities of, and enter into any contracts with any such corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, association or organization, or any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire shares or any other interests.
11.6 Conversion . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust, a favorable vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office followed by the favorable vote of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each affected class or series outstanding, voting as separate classes or series, shall be required to approve, adopt or authorize an amendment to this Declaration that makes the Shares a “redeemable security” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless such amendment has been approved by eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required. Upon the adoption of a proposal to convert the Trust from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” as those terms are defined by the 1940 Act and the necessary amendments to this Declaration to permit such a conversion of the Trust’s outstanding Shares entitled to vote, the Trust shall, upon complying with any requirements of the 1940 Act and state law, become an “open-end” investment company. Such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the holders of the Shares otherwise required by law, or any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.
11.7 Certain Transactions .
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration and subject to the exceptions provided in paragraph (d) of this Section, the types of transactions described in paragraph (c) of this Section shall require the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the Trustees then in office followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each affected class or series outstanding, voting as separate classes or series, when a Principal Shareholder (as defined in paragraph (b) of this Section) is a party to the transaction. Such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the holders of Shares otherwise required by law or by the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, whether now or hereafter authorized, or any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.
31 |
(b) The term “Principal Shareholder” shall mean any corporation, Person or other entity which is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Shares of any class or series and shall include any affiliate or associate, as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of a Principal Shareholder. For the purposes of this Section:
(i) in addition to the Shares which a corporation, Person or other entity beneficially owns directly, any corporation, Person or other entity shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any Shares (1) which it has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise (but excluding share options granted by the Trust) or (2) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly (including Shares deemed owned through application of clause (1) of this subsection), by any other corporation, Person or entity with which its “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined below) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of Shares, or which is its “affiliate” or “associate” as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
(ii) the outstanding Shares shall include Shares deemed owned through application of clauses (1) and (2) of subsection (i) of this Section but shall not include any other Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.7, the term Principal Shareholder shall not include any registered investment company managed by the Trust’s investment adviser or any affiliated person of the Trust’s investment adviser, or any subsidiary of any such registered investment company, that invests substantially all of its investable assets in Shares of the Trust.
(c) This Section shall apply to the following transactions:
(i) the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder;
(ii) the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan);
32 |
(iii) the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period); and
(iv) the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary thereof, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period).
(d) The provisions of this Section shall not be applicable to:
(i) any of the transactions described in paragraph (c) of this Section if eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees shall by resolution have approved a memorandum of understanding with such Principal Shareholder with respect to and substantially consistent with such transaction, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be the only vote of Shareholders required by this Section, or
(ii) any such transaction with any entity of which a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of a stock normally entitled to vote in elections of directors is owned of record or beneficially by the Trust and its subsidiaries.
(e) The Board of Trustees shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Section on the basis of information known to the Trust whether:
(i) a corporation, person or entity beneficially owns five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Shares of any class or series;
(ii) a corporation, person or entity is an “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined above) of another;
(iii) the assets being acquired or leased to or by the Trust or any subsidiary thereof constitute a substantial part of the assets of the Trust and have an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000; and
(iv) the memorandum of understanding referred to in paragraph (d) hereof is substantially consistent with the transaction covered thereby. Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Section.
33 |
11.8 Absence of Appraisal or Dissenters’ Rights. No Shareholder shall be entitled, as a matter of right, to an appraisal by the Delaware Court of Chancery or otherwise of the fair value of the Shareholder’s Shares or to any other relief as a dissenting Shareholder in respect of any proposal or action involving the Trust.
ARTICLE XII
Miscellaneous
12.1 Filing .
(a) This Declaration and any amendment or supplement hereto shall be filed in such places as may be required or as the Trustees deem appropriate. Each amendment or supplement shall be accompanied by a certificate signed and acknowledged by a Trustee stating that such action was duly taken in a manner provided herein, and shall, upon insertion in the Trust’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein. A restated Declaration, containing the original Declaration and all amendments and supplements theretofore made, may be executed from time to time by a majority of the Trustees and shall, upon insertion in the Trust’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments and supplements contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration and the various amendments and supplements thereto.
(b) The Trustees hereby authorize and direct a Certificate of Trust to be executed and filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware Act.
12.2 Resident Agent . The Trust shall maintain a resident agent in the State of Delaware, which agent shall initially be The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The Trustees may designate a successor resident agent, provided, however, that such appointment shall not become effective until written notice thereof is delivered to the office of the Secretary of the State.
12.3 Governing Law . This Declaration is executed by the Trustees in accordance with and under the laws of the State of Delaware and with reference to the laws thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to laws of said State, provided that such law shall not be viewed as limiting the powers otherwise granted to the Trustees hereunder and any ambiguity shall be viewed in favor of such powers.
12.4 Choice of Forum . In accordance with Section 3804(e) of the Delaware Act, unless the Trust consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for:
(a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Trust;
34 |
(b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any trustee, officer, or employee of the Trust to the Trust or the Shareholders;
(c) any action asserting a claim against the Trust or any trustee, officer, or employee of the Trust arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act, this Declaration or the By-Laws; or
(d) any action asserting a claim against the Trust or any trustee, officer, or employee of the Trust governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware;
provided, however, that, in the event that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks jurisdiction over any such action or proceeding, the sole and exclusive forum for such action or proceeding shall be another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware. Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the Trust irreparable harm and the Trust shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions.
12.5 Counterparts . This Declaration may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.
12.6 Reliance by Third Parties . Any certificate executed by an individual who, according to the records of the Trust, or of any recording office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be a Trustee hereunder, certifying to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees or Shareholders, (b) the name of the Trust, (c) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or writing, (d) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or Shareholders, (e) the fact that the number of Trustees or Shareholders present at any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements of this Declaration, (f) the form of any By Laws adopted by or the identity of any officers elected by the Trustees, or (g) the existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of any person dealing with the Trustees and their successors.
12.7 Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation .
(a) The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with applicable law, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.
(b) No provision of this Declaration shall require a waiver of compliance with any provision of the 1940 Act, or of any valid rule, regulation or order of the Commission thereunder.
(c) If any provision of this Declaration shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any jurisdiction.
35 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
/s/ Theodore J. Brombach | |
Theodore J. Brombach | |
Trustee | |
/s/ Danielle Cupps | |
Dani Cupps | |
Trustee | |
/s/ Gregory Dingens | |
Greg Dingens | |
Trustee | |
/s/ Phil Franklin | |
Phil Franklin | |
Trustee | |
/s/ Scott Craven Jones | |
Scott Craven Jones | |
Trustee |
[ XFLT – Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust ]
36 |
Exhibit 99.(b)
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS
OF
XAI Octagon Floating Rate ALTERNATIVE Income TERM Trust
XAI OCTAGON FLOATING RATE ALTERNATIVE INCOME TERM TRUST
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
These Amended and Restated By-Laws (the “By-Laws”), dated as of July 13, 2017, are made and adopted pursuant to Section 3.9 of the Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of XAI Octagon Floating Rate Alternative Income Term Trust (the “Trust”), dated as of July 13, 2017 as from time to time amended (hereinafter called the “Declaration”).
All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws and not defined herein shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or terms in the Declaration.
As used in these By-Laws, the following terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them:
“ beneficial owner ” of a security shall mean any Person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (A) has or shares: (1) voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or, (2) investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition, of such security or (B) owns, controls or holds with power to vote such security. A Person shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of shares if that Person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such shares at any time whether or not within sixty days. “Beneficially own,” “own beneficially” and related terms shall have correlative meaning.
“ control ” shall mean the power to exercise a controlling influence over a Person, which in the case of a company means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of such company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.
“ Disclosable Relationship ” with respect to another Person means (A) the existence at any time during the current calendar year or at any time within the two most recently completed calendar years of any agreement, arrangement, understanding (whether written or oral) or practice, including the sharing of information, decisions or actions, of a Person with such other Person with respect to the Trust or Shares, (B) the beneficial ownership of securities of any Person known by such Person to beneficially own Shares and of which such Person knows such other Person also beneficially owns any securities, (C) sharing beneficial ownership of any securities with such other Person, (D) being an immediate family member of such other Person, (E) the existence at any time during the current calendar year or at any time within the two most recently completed calendar years of a material business or professional relationship with such other Person or with any Person of which such other Person is a 5% Holder, officer, director, general partner, managing member or employee or (F) controlling, being controlled by or being under common control with such other Person.
“ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“ immediate family member ” shall mean any parent, child, spouse, spouse of a parent, spouse of a child, brother or sister (including step and adoptive relationships).
“ Proposed Nominee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(a)(4)(a) of these By-Laws.
“ Proposed Nominee Associate ” of any Proposed Nominee shall mean any Person who has a Disclosable Relationship with such Proposed Nominee.
“ public announcement ” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
“ Shareholder Associate ” of any Shareholder or beneficial owner of Shares shall mean any Person who has a Disclosable Relationship with such Shareholder or beneficial owner.
“ Special Meeting Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(b) of these By-Laws.
ARTICLE I
Shareholder Meetings
1.1 Chairperson . The Chairperson, if any, shall act as chairperson at all meetings of the Shareholders; in the Chairperson’s absence, the Trustee or Trustees present at each meeting may elect a temporary chairperson for the meeting, who may be one of themselves.
1.2 Proxies; Voting . Shareholders may vote either in person or by duly executed proxy and each full share represented at the meeting shall have one vote, all as provided in Article 10 of the Declaration.
1.3 Fixing Record Dates . For the purpose of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of or to vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or who are entitled to participate in any dividends, or for any other proper purpose, the Trustees may from time to time, without closing the transfer books, fix a record date in the manner provided in Section 10.3 of the Declaration. If the Trustees do not prior to any meeting of Shareholders so fix a record date or close the transfer books, then the date on which mailing of notice of the meeting is commenced or the date upon which the dividend resolution is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date.
3 |
1.4 Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of Shareholders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If Inspectors of Election are not so appointed, the chairperson, if any, of any meeting of Shareholders may appoint Inspectors of Election of the meeting. The number of Inspectors of Election shall be either one or three. In case any Person appointed as Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairperson of the meeting. The Inspectors of Election shall determine the number of Shares outstanding, the Shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents, shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine the results, and do such other acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all Shareholders. If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. On request of the chairperson, if any, of the meeting the Inspectors of Election shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.
1.5 Records at Shareholder Meetings . At each meeting of the Shareholders, there shall be made available for inspection at a convenient time and place during normal business hours, if requested by Shareholders, the minutes of the last previous Annual or Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Trust and a list of the Shareholders of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting or the date of closing of transfer books, as the case may be. Such list of Shareholders shall contain the name and the address of each Shareholder in alphabetical order and the number of Shares owned by such Shareholder.
1.6 Notice of Shareholder Business and Nominations .
(A) Annual Meetings of Shareholders .
(1) Nominations of individuals for election as a Trustee of the Trust and the proposal of other business to be considered by the Shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of Shareholders only:
(a) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any duly authorized committee thereof,
(b) otherwise by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any committee thereof, or
(c) by any Shareholder of the Trust who (i) is a Shareholder of record of the Trust at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.6 is delivered to the Secretary of the Trust and on the record date for the determination of Shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such annual meeting of Shareholders, (ii) who is entitled to make nominations or proposals at the meeting and (iii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.6.
4 |
(2) For any nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Shareholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A) (1) of this Section 1.6, the Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Trust and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of individuals for election to the Trust) must constitute a proper matter for Shareholder action.
(3) To be timely, a Shareholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day, nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the Shareholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Trust). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.
(4) To be in proper written form, such Shareholder’s notice shall set forth:
(a) as to each individual whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a Trustee (a “Proposed Nominee”) and each Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee:
(i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such Proposed Nominee and each Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee,
(ii) the principal occupation or employment of such Proposed Nominee,
(iii) the class or series and number of Shares which are owned beneficially and of record by such Proposed Nominee and each Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee,
(iv) the name of each nominee holder of Shares owned beneficially but not of record by such Proposed Nominee and each Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee, and the number of such Shares held by each such nominee holder,
5 |
(v) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether written or oral (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares), that has been entered into as of the date of the Shareholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such Proposed Nominee and each Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proposed Nominee and each Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee, with respect to Shares of the Trust,
(vi) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between such Proposed Nominee and any Proposed Nominee Associate of such Proposed Nominee related to, and any material interest of such Proposed Nominee Associate in, such nomination, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such Proposed Nominee Associate,
(vii) a description of all commercial and professional relationships and transactions between or among such Proposed Nominee or any Proposed Nominee Associate, and any other Person or Persons known to such Proposed Nominee or Proposed Nominee Associate to have a material interest in such nomination,
(viii) a representation as to whether such Proposed Nominee is an “interested person,” as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”),
(ix) any other information relating to the Proposed Nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Trustees in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, whether or not such Person intends to deliver a proxy statement or solicit proxies and whether or not an election contest is involved, and
(x) such Proposed Nominee’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a Trustee if elected;
6 |
(b) as to any other business that the Shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and
(c) as to the Shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made:
(i) the name and address of such Shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s books, and of such beneficial owner,
(ii) the class or series and number of Shares which are owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder and such beneficial owner and their respective Shareholder Associates,
(iii) the name of each nominee holder of Shares owned beneficially but not of record by such Shareholder and such beneficial owner and their respective Shareholder Associates, and the number of such Shares held by each such nominee holder,
(iv) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such Shareholder and such beneficial owner, any of their respective Shareholder Associates, and any other Person or Persons (including their names) and any material interest of such Person or any Shareholder Associate of such Person, in the matter that is the subject of such notice, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such Person, or any Shareholder Associate of such Person,
(v) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether written or oral (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares), that has been entered into as of the date of the Shareholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such Shareholder and such beneficial owners or their respective Shareholder Associates, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Shareholder or such beneficial owner or their respective Shareholder Associates, with respect to Shares of the Trust,
7 |
(vi) a description of all commercial and professional relationships and transactions between or among a such Shareholder and such beneficial owners or their respective Shareholder Associates, and any other Person or Persons known to such Shareholder and such beneficial owners or their respective Shareholders Associate to have a material interest in the matter that is the subject of such notice,
(vii) a representation that the Shareholder is a holder of record of Shares of the Trust entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination,
(viii) a representation whether the Shareholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Trust’s outstanding Shares required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from Shareholders in support of such proposal or nomination, and
(ix) any other information relating to such Shareholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such Person with respect to the proposed business to be brought by such Person before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, whether or not such Person intends to deliver a proxy statement or solicit proxies.
(5) The Trust may require any Proposed Nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such Proposed Nominee to serve as a Trustee of the Trust.
8 |
(6) A Shareholder providing notice of any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of shareholders shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to Section 1.6(A)(4) shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting of Shareholders and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting of Shareholders.
(7) The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 1.6 shall be deemed satisfied by a Shareholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the Shareholder has notified the Trust of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law) and such Shareholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Trust to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.
(8) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (A)(3) of this Section 1.6 to the contrary, in the event that the number of Trustees to be elected to the Board of Trustees of the Trust is increased effective at the annual meeting and there is no public announcement by the Trust naming the nominees for the additional trusteeships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Shareholder’s notice required by this Section 1.6 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional trusteeships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.
(B) Special Meetings of Shareholders .
(1) Special meetings of Shareholders shall be called only as contemplated by Section 10.1 of the Declaration.
(2) Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any duly authorized committee thereof.
(3) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees may be made at a special meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting only:
(a) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any duly authorized committee thereof,
(b) otherwise by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any committee thereof, or
9 |
(c) by any Shareholder of the Trust who (i) is a Shareholder of record of the Trust at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.6 is delivered to the Secretary of the Trust and on the record date for the determination of Shareholders entitled to notice of an to vote at such annual meeting of Shareholders, (ii) who is entitled to make nominations or proposals at the meeting and (iii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.6.
(4) In the event a special meeting of Shareholders is called pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Declaration for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees to the Board of Trustees, for any nominations to be properly brought before such special meeting by a Shareholder pursuant to Section 1.6(B)(3)(c), the Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Trust.
(5) To be timely, a Shareholder’s notice of a nomination for election to the Board of Trustees at a special meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting, shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive offices of the Trust not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or (ii) the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Trustees to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.
(6) To be in proper written form, such Shareholder’s notice shall set forth all information required by Section 1.6(A)(4).
(7) A Shareholder providing notice of any nomination to be brought before a special meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to Section 1.6(B)(6) shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of the special meeting of Shareholders and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of the special meeting of Shareholders.
(C) General .
(1) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.6 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of Shareholders of the Trust to serve as Trustees and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.6.
10 |
(2) If the Shareholders of any class or series of Shares are entitled separately to elect one or more Trustees, only such Persons who are holders of record of such class or series of Shares at the time notice is provided pursuant to this Section 1.6 and on the record date for the determination of Shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such annual meeting or special meeting of Shareholders shall be entitled to nominate individuals for election as a Trustee by such class or series of Shares voting separately.
(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.6, unless otherwise required by law, if the Shareholder (or a qualified representative of the Shareholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of Shareholders of the Trust to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Trust. For purposes of this Section 1.6, to be considered a qualified representative of the Shareholder, a Person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such Shareholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such Shareholder delivered by such Shareholder to act for such Shareholder as proxy at the meeting of Shareholders and such Person must produce such writing at the meeting of Shareholders.
(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.6, a Shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.6; provided however, that any references in these By-Laws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 1.6, and compliance with paragraphs (A) and (B) of this Section 1.6 shall be the exclusive means for a Shareholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than, as provided in paragraph 1.6(A)(7), matters brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law)).
(D) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.6 or otherwise in these By-Laws, except with respect to nominations of individuals for election as a Trustee of the Trust or as required by federal law, no proposal of other business may be considered or brought at a meeting of Shareholders unless such matter has been approved for these purposes by a majority of the Trustees.
1.7. Special Shareholders Meetings.
(A) Special meetings of Shareholders may be called only by the Board of Trustees (or any duly authorized committee), except a special meeting shall be called by the Trustees upon the timely receipt by the Secretary of a request in proper written form from one or more Shareholders acting pursuant to and in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Declaration. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). In fixing a date for any special meeting, the Board of Trustees (or any duly authorized committee thereof) may consider such factors as it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Trustees to call an annual meeting or a special meeting.
11 |
(B) Any Shareholder(s) seeking to request a special meeting shall send written notice to the Secretary (the “Special Meeting Request”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, requesting the Secretary to call a special meeting. Proof of the requesting Shareholder’s ownership of Shares at the time of giving the Special Meeting Request must accompany the requesting Shareholder’s Special Meeting Request. The Special Meeting Request shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at the meeting, shall be signed by one or more Shareholders (or their duly authorized agents), shall bear the date of signature of each requesting Shareholder (or its duly authorized agent) signing the Special Meeting Request and shall set forth all information that each such Shareholder and, with respect to the beneficial owners of Shares on whose behalf such request is being made, each such beneficial owner of Shares would be required to disclose in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies with respect to the proposed business to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, whether or not such Person intends to deliver a proxy statement or solicit proxies, as well as all additional information required by Section 1.6(A)(4)(c) of these By-Laws. Upon receiving the Special Meeting Request, the Trustees may in their discretion fix a date for the special meeting, which need not be the same date as that requested in the Special Meeting Request.
(C) The Shareholder(s) providing notice of business proposed to be brought before a special meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 1.7 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of the special meeting and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of the special meeting.
(D) The Board of Trustees shall determine the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the Secretary.
(E) No business shall be conducted at a special meeting of Shareholders except business brought before any such meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.7 and in compliance with Section 10.1 of the Declaration. If the chairperson of a special meeting determines that business was not properly brought before such meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairperson shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.
12 |
(F) Nothing contained in this Section 1.7 shall be deemed to affect any rights of Shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Trust’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law).
1.8. Conduct of Meetings .
(A) Every meeting of Shareholders shall be conducted by the chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary, or, in the Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, or, in the absence of both the Secretary and Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairperson of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.
(B) Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty:
(1) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.6 (including whether the Shareholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such Shareholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such Shareholder’s representation as required by clause (A)(4)(c)(viii) of Section 1.6), and
(2) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with Section 1.6, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.
(C) The Board of Trustees may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the Shareholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Trustees, the chairperson of any meeting of Shareholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Trustees or prescribed by the chairperson of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at and participation in the meeting to Shareholders, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other Persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by Shareholders; and (g) the extent to which, if any, other participants are permitted to speak.
13 |
1.9. Adjournment . Subject to the requirements of Section 10.3 of the Declaration, any meeting of Shareholders, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time.
(A) If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the Shareholders convened on the date for which it was called, or a quorum is present at a meeting of Shareholders but sufficient votes to approve a proposal have not been received, then the affirmative vote of a majority of Shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting (even though not constituting a quorum), or the chairperson of the meeting in his or her discretion, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, provided a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
(B) In voting for adjournment, the persons named as proxies may vote their proxies (including those marked “withhold,” “against” or “abstain”) in favor of one or more adjournments of the meeting, or the chairperson of the meeting may call an adjournment, provided such persons determine that such adjournment is reasonable and in the best interests of Shareholders and the Trust, based on a consideration of such factors as they may deem relevant.
ARTICLE II
Trustees
2.1 Annual and Regular Meetings . Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairperson, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or any two Trustees. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice and shall generally be held quarterly. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, and no notice need be given of action proposed to be taken by unanimous written consent.
2.2 Chairperson . The Board of Trustees may elect from among its members a Chairperson of the Board who shall at all times be a trustee of the Trust. The Chairperson of the Board shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Trustees and shall have such other responsibilities in furthering the Board’s functions as may be prescribed from time to time by resolution of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned by the Trustees. In absence of the Chairperson, the Trustees present shall elect one of their number to act as temporary chairperson to preside over a meeting of the Trustees. The Chairperson of the Board, if any, shall be elected by the Board of Trustees to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall have resigned, or have been removed, as herein provided in these By-Laws. Each Trustee, including the Chairperson of the Board, if any, shall have one vote.
14 |
The Chairperson of the Board, if any, may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the Board of Trustees. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. The Chairperson of the Board, if any, may be removed by the Board of Trustees with or without cause at any time.
2.4 Records . The results of all actions taken at a meeting of the Trustees, or by unanimous written consent of the Trustees, shall be recorded by the secretary of the meeting appointed by the Board of Trustees.
2.5 Standard of Care . It shall be understood that each Trustee, including the Chairperson of the Board of the Trust or any chairperson or member of any committee of the Board created herein or by the Board of Trustees shall have the same level of responsibility to the Trust required of his or her being a Trustee, regardless of (a) any other position held with the Trust, (b) the Trustee’s individual training or expertise and (c) the role performed by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust in his or her capacity as Trustee even if such role requires the Trustee to possess specific or unique qualifications under applicable law or regulation. The Chairperson of the Board of the Trust or any chairperson or member of any committee of the Board created herein or by the Board of Trustees shall serve in such capacity for the Board of Trustees and does not serve in such capacity as an officer of the Trust.
2.6 Governance . The Board of Trustees may from time to time require all its members and any Proposed Nominee to agree in writing as to matters of corporate governance, business ethics and confidentiality while such Persons serve as a Trustee, such agreement to be on the terms and in a form determined satisfactory by the Board of Trustees, as amended and supplemented from time to time in the discretion of the Board of Trustees.
ARTICLE III
Officers
3.1 Officers of the Trust . The officers of the Trust shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers as may be elected or authorized by the Trustees. Any two or more of the offices may be held by the same Person, except that the same Person may not be both Chief Executive Officer and Secretary. No officer of the Trust need be a Trustee.
15 |
3.2 Election and Tenure . At the initial organization meeting, the Trustees shall elect the Chief Executive Officer, Secretary, Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the Trust. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Trustees, such officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any additional officers at any time.
3.3 Removal of Officers . Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the Trustees. This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal in breach of a contract of employment. Any officer may resign at any time by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary, and such resignation shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary, or at a later date according to the terms of such notice in writing.
3.4 Bonds and Surety . Any officer may be required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may determine.
3.5 Chief Executive Officer and Vice Presidents . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Trustees to the Chairperson, if any, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the control of the Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general powers of management as are usually vested in the office of Chief Executive Officer or President of a corporation. Subject to direction of the Trustees, the Chief Executive Officer shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loans, documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, registration statements, applications, requests, filings and other instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents of the Trust. Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the Chief Executive Officer shall have full authority and power, on behalf of all of the Trustees, to attend and to act and to vote, on behalf of the Trust at any meetings of business organizations in which the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other Persons, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such Persons. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice-Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Trustees or, if more than one and not ranked, the Vice-President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the direction of the Trustees, and of the Chief Executive Officer, each Vice-President shall have the power in the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all instruments in writing, and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the Chief Executive Officer.
16 |
3.6 Secretary . The Secretary shall maintain the minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Shareholders and Trustees. The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal of the Trust, if any, and the Secretary (and any other Person so authorized by the Trustees) shall affix the seal, or if permitted, facsimile thereof, to any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a Delaware business corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust. The Secretary shall also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a Delaware business corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine.
3.7 Treasurer . Except as otherwise directed by the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision of the Trustees and of the Chief Executive Officer all powers and duties normally incident to the office. The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or to its order. The Treasurer shall deposit all funds of the Trust in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate. The Treasurer shall be responsible for such disbursement of the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Trustees or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer shall keep accurate account of the books of the Trust’s transactions which shall be the property of the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in the Treasurer’s possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of the Trustees. Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall also be the principal financial officer of the Trust. The Treasurer shall have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to time determine. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustees may authorize any adviser, administrator, manager or transfer agent to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds of any series of the Trust on behalf of such series.
3.8 Other Officers and Duties . The Trustees may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct the business of the Trust. Assistant officers shall act generally in the absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in the duties of the office. Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust shall have such other duties and authority as may be conferred upon such Person by the Trustees or delegated to such Person by the Chief Executive Officer.
17 |
ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous
4.1 Depositories . In accordance with Section 7.1 of the Declaration, the funds of the Trust shall be deposited in such custodians as the Trustees shall designate and shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such officer, officers, agent or agents (including the adviser, administrator or manager), as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.
4.2 Signatures . All contracts and other instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by its properly authorized officers, agent or agents, as provided in the Declaration or By-Laws or as the Trustees may from time to time by resolution provide.
4.3 Seal . The Trust is not required to have any seal, and the adoption or use of a seal shall be purely ornamental and be of no legal effect. The seal, if any, of the Trust may be affixed to any instrument, and the seal and its attestation may be lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same force and effect as if it had been imprinted and affixed manually in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if done by a Delaware business corporation. The presence or absence of a seal shall have no effect on the validity, enforceability or binding nature of any document or instrument that is otherwise duly authorized, executed and delivered.
4.4 Governing Law . These By-Laws and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of the state of Delaware, although such law shall not be viewed as limiting the powers otherwise granted to the Trustees hereunder and any ambiguity shall be viewed in favor of such powers.
4.5 Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation .
(A) The provisions of these By-Laws are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or with other applicable binding laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of these By-Laws; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of these By-Laws or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.
(B) If any provision of these By-Laws shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of these By-Laws in any jurisdiction.
18 |
ARTICLE V
Share Ownership and Transfers
5.1 Uncertificated Shares . Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the rules of any exchange on which the Trust is listed or the Declaration or these By-Laws or as otherwise determined by the Trustees, the Trust shall not issue share certificates and no Shareholder shall have the right to demand or require that a certificate be issued to him, her or it.
5.2 Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like . As provided in Section 6.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have authority to employ and compensate such transfer agents and registrars with respect to the Shares of the Trust as the Trustees shall deem necessary or desirable. In addition, the Trustees shall have power to employ and compensate such dividend disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the reinvestment of dividends as they shall deem necessary or desirable. Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to any of them by the Trustees.
5.3 Transfer of Shares . The Shares of the Trust shall be transferable on the books of the Trust only upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust of proper documentation as provided in Section 6.8 of the Declaration. The Trust, or its transfer agents, shall be authorized to refuse any transfer unless and until presentation of such evidence as may be reasonably required to show that the requested transfer is proper.
5.4 Registered Shareholders . The Trust may deem and treat the holder of record of any Shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be required to take any notice of any right or claim of right of any other Person.
ARTICLE VI
Amendment of By-Laws
6.1 Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws . In accordance with Section 3.9 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have the power to amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at any time; provided, however, that By-Laws adopted by the Shareholders may, if such By-Laws so state, be altered, amended or repealed only by the Shareholders by an affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, and not by the Trustees. Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees. The Trustees shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the Declaration, and any apparent inconsistency shall be construed in favor of the related provisions in the Declaration.
19 |
Exhibit 99.(s)
XAI OCTAGON FLOATING RATE INCOME & CREDIT ALTERNATIVE TRUST
POWER OF ATTORNEY
That each of the undersigned officers and trustees of XAI Octagon Floating Rate Income & Credit Alternative Trust, a statutory trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), do constitute and appoint each of John P. McGarrity and Kimberly Ann Flynn as true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution and with full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to execute in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned as such officer or trustee, a Registration Statement on Form N-2, including any pre-effective amendments and/or any post-effective amendments thereto and any subsequent Registration Statement of the Trust pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and any other filings in connection therewith, and to file the same under the 1933 Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or otherwise, with respect to the registration of the Trust, the registration or offering of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share; granting to such attorney and agent full power of substitution and revocation in the premises; and ratifying and confirming all that such attorney and agent may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.
This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
This Power of Attorney supersedes any previous versions of same, and shall be valid from the date hereof until specifically revoked by the undersigned, and shall be automatically revoked with respect to any attorney in the event that such attorney is no longer affiliated with XA Investments LLC.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of this 5 th day of May, 2017.
TRUSTEES: | |
/s/ Dani Cupps | |
Dani Cupps | |
Trustee | |
/s/ Greg Dingens | |
Greg Dingens | |
Trustee | |
/s/ Phil Franklin | |
Phil Franklin | |
Trustee | |
/s/ Scott Craven Jones | |
Scott Craven Jones | |
Trustee | |
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER: | |
/s/ Theodore J. Brombach | |
Theodore J. Brombach | |
Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer | |
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER: | |
/s/ John Spence | |
John “Yogi” Spence | |
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer |